1 /* Ada language support routines for GDB, the GNU debugger. Copyright (C)
3 1992, 1993, 1994, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2007, 2008,
4 2009 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6 This file is part of GDB.
8 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
11 (at your option) any later version.
13 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
24 #include "gdb_string.h"
28 #include "gdb_regex.h"
33 #include "expression.h"
34 #include "parser-defs.h"
40 #include "breakpoint.h"
43 #include "gdb_obstack.h"
45 #include "completer.h"
52 #include "dictionary.h"
53 #include "exceptions.h"
60 /* Define whether or not the C operator '/' truncates towards zero for
61 differently signed operands (truncation direction is undefined in C).
62 Copied from valarith.c. */
64 #ifndef TRUNCATION_TOWARDS_ZERO
65 #define TRUNCATION_TOWARDS_ZERO ((-5 / 2) == -2)
68 static void modify_general_field (struct type
*, char *, LONGEST
, int, int);
70 static struct type
*desc_base_type (struct type
*);
72 static struct type
*desc_bounds_type (struct type
*);
74 static struct value
*desc_bounds (struct value
*);
76 static int fat_pntr_bounds_bitpos (struct type
*);
78 static int fat_pntr_bounds_bitsize (struct type
*);
80 static struct type
*desc_data_target_type (struct type
*);
82 static struct value
*desc_data (struct value
*);
84 static int fat_pntr_data_bitpos (struct type
*);
86 static int fat_pntr_data_bitsize (struct type
*);
88 static struct value
*desc_one_bound (struct value
*, int, int);
90 static int desc_bound_bitpos (struct type
*, int, int);
92 static int desc_bound_bitsize (struct type
*, int, int);
94 static struct type
*desc_index_type (struct type
*, int);
96 static int desc_arity (struct type
*);
98 static int ada_type_match (struct type
*, struct type
*, int);
100 static int ada_args_match (struct symbol
*, struct value
**, int);
102 static struct value
*ensure_lval (struct value
*,
103 struct gdbarch
*, CORE_ADDR
*);
105 static struct value
*make_array_descriptor (struct type
*, struct value
*,
106 struct gdbarch
*, CORE_ADDR
*);
108 static void ada_add_block_symbols (struct obstack
*,
109 struct block
*, const char *,
110 domain_enum
, struct objfile
*, int);
112 static int is_nonfunction (struct ada_symbol_info
*, int);
114 static void add_defn_to_vec (struct obstack
*, struct symbol
*,
117 static int num_defns_collected (struct obstack
*);
119 static struct ada_symbol_info
*defns_collected (struct obstack
*, int);
121 static struct partial_symbol
*ada_lookup_partial_symbol (struct partial_symtab
122 *, const char *, int,
125 static struct value
*resolve_subexp (struct expression
**, int *, int,
128 static void replace_operator_with_call (struct expression
**, int, int, int,
129 struct symbol
*, struct block
*);
131 static int possible_user_operator_p (enum exp_opcode
, struct value
**);
133 static char *ada_op_name (enum exp_opcode
);
135 static const char *ada_decoded_op_name (enum exp_opcode
);
137 static int numeric_type_p (struct type
*);
139 static int integer_type_p (struct type
*);
141 static int scalar_type_p (struct type
*);
143 static int discrete_type_p (struct type
*);
145 static enum ada_renaming_category
parse_old_style_renaming (struct type
*,
150 static struct symbol
*find_old_style_renaming_symbol (const char *,
153 static struct type
*ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (struct type
*, char *,
156 static struct value
*evaluate_subexp_type (struct expression
*, int *);
158 static struct type
*ada_find_parallel_type_with_name (struct type
*,
161 static int is_dynamic_field (struct type
*, int);
163 static struct type
*to_fixed_variant_branch_type (struct type
*,
165 CORE_ADDR
, struct value
*);
167 static struct type
*to_fixed_array_type (struct type
*, struct value
*, int);
169 static struct type
*to_fixed_range_type (char *, struct value
*,
172 static struct type
*to_static_fixed_type (struct type
*);
173 static struct type
*static_unwrap_type (struct type
*type
);
175 static struct value
*unwrap_value (struct value
*);
177 static struct type
*constrained_packed_array_type (struct type
*, long *);
179 static struct type
*decode_constrained_packed_array_type (struct type
*);
181 static long decode_packed_array_bitsize (struct type
*);
183 static struct value
*decode_constrained_packed_array (struct value
*);
185 static int ada_is_packed_array_type (struct type
*);
187 static int ada_is_unconstrained_packed_array_type (struct type
*);
189 static struct value
*value_subscript_packed (struct value
*, int,
192 static void move_bits (gdb_byte
*, int, const gdb_byte
*, int, int, int);
194 static struct value
*coerce_unspec_val_to_type (struct value
*,
197 static struct value
*get_var_value (char *, char *);
199 static int lesseq_defined_than (struct symbol
*, struct symbol
*);
201 static int equiv_types (struct type
*, struct type
*);
203 static int is_name_suffix (const char *);
205 static int wild_match (const char *, int, const char *);
207 static struct value
*ada_coerce_ref (struct value
*);
209 static LONGEST
pos_atr (struct value
*);
211 static struct value
*value_pos_atr (struct type
*, struct value
*);
213 static struct value
*value_val_atr (struct type
*, struct value
*);
215 static struct symbol
*standard_lookup (const char *, const struct block
*,
218 static struct value
*ada_search_struct_field (char *, struct value
*, int,
221 static struct value
*ada_value_primitive_field (struct value
*, int, int,
224 static int find_struct_field (char *, struct type
*, int,
225 struct type
**, int *, int *, int *, int *);
227 static struct value
*ada_to_fixed_value_create (struct type
*, CORE_ADDR
,
230 static struct value
*ada_to_fixed_value (struct value
*);
232 static int ada_resolve_function (struct ada_symbol_info
*, int,
233 struct value
**, int, const char *,
236 static struct value
*ada_coerce_to_simple_array (struct value
*);
238 static int ada_is_direct_array_type (struct type
*);
240 static void ada_language_arch_info (struct gdbarch
*,
241 struct language_arch_info
*);
243 static void check_size (const struct type
*);
245 static struct value
*ada_index_struct_field (int, struct value
*, int,
248 static struct value
*assign_aggregate (struct value
*, struct value
*,
249 struct expression
*, int *, enum noside
);
251 static void aggregate_assign_from_choices (struct value
*, struct value
*,
253 int *, LONGEST
*, int *,
254 int, LONGEST
, LONGEST
);
256 static void aggregate_assign_positional (struct value
*, struct value
*,
258 int *, LONGEST
*, int *, int,
262 static void aggregate_assign_others (struct value
*, struct value
*,
264 int *, LONGEST
*, int, LONGEST
, LONGEST
);
267 static void add_component_interval (LONGEST
, LONGEST
, LONGEST
*, int *, int);
270 static struct value
*ada_evaluate_subexp (struct type
*, struct expression
*,
273 static void ada_forward_operator_length (struct expression
*, int, int *,
278 /* Maximum-sized dynamic type. */
279 static unsigned int varsize_limit
;
281 /* FIXME: brobecker/2003-09-17: No longer a const because it is
282 returned by a function that does not return a const char *. */
283 static char *ada_completer_word_break_characters
=
285 " \t\n!@#%^&*()+=|~`}{[]\";:?/,-";
287 " \t\n!@#$%^&*()+=|~`}{[]\";:?/,-";
290 /* The name of the symbol to use to get the name of the main subprogram. */
291 static const char ADA_MAIN_PROGRAM_SYMBOL_NAME
[]
292 = "__gnat_ada_main_program_name";
294 /* Limit on the number of warnings to raise per expression evaluation. */
295 static int warning_limit
= 2;
297 /* Number of warning messages issued; reset to 0 by cleanups after
298 expression evaluation. */
299 static int warnings_issued
= 0;
301 static const char *known_runtime_file_name_patterns
[] = {
302 ADA_KNOWN_RUNTIME_FILE_NAME_PATTERNS NULL
305 static const char *known_auxiliary_function_name_patterns
[] = {
306 ADA_KNOWN_AUXILIARY_FUNCTION_NAME_PATTERNS NULL
309 /* Space for allocating results of ada_lookup_symbol_list. */
310 static struct obstack symbol_list_obstack
;
314 /* Given DECODED_NAME a string holding a symbol name in its
315 decoded form (ie using the Ada dotted notation), returns
316 its unqualified name. */
319 ada_unqualified_name (const char *decoded_name
)
321 const char *result
= strrchr (decoded_name
, '.');
324 result
++; /* Skip the dot... */
326 result
= decoded_name
;
331 /* Return a string starting with '<', followed by STR, and '>'.
332 The result is good until the next call. */
335 add_angle_brackets (const char *str
)
337 static char *result
= NULL
;
340 result
= xstrprintf ("<%s>", str
);
345 ada_get_gdb_completer_word_break_characters (void)
347 return ada_completer_word_break_characters
;
350 /* Print an array element index using the Ada syntax. */
353 ada_print_array_index (struct value
*index_value
, struct ui_file
*stream
,
354 const struct value_print_options
*options
)
356 LA_VALUE_PRINT (index_value
, stream
, options
);
357 fprintf_filtered (stream
, " => ");
360 /* Assuming VECT points to an array of *SIZE objects of size
361 ELEMENT_SIZE, grow it to contain at least MIN_SIZE objects,
362 updating *SIZE as necessary and returning the (new) array. */
365 grow_vect (void *vect
, size_t *size
, size_t min_size
, int element_size
)
367 if (*size
< min_size
)
370 if (*size
< min_size
)
372 vect
= xrealloc (vect
, *size
* element_size
);
377 /* True (non-zero) iff TARGET matches FIELD_NAME up to any trailing
378 suffix of FIELD_NAME beginning "___". */
381 field_name_match (const char *field_name
, const char *target
)
383 int len
= strlen (target
);
385 (strncmp (field_name
, target
, len
) == 0
386 && (field_name
[len
] == '\0'
387 || (strncmp (field_name
+ len
, "___", 3) == 0
388 && strcmp (field_name
+ strlen (field_name
) - 6,
393 /* Assuming TYPE is a TYPE_CODE_STRUCT or a TYPE_CODE_TYPDEF to
394 a TYPE_CODE_STRUCT, find the field whose name matches FIELD_NAME,
395 and return its index. This function also handles fields whose name
396 have ___ suffixes because the compiler sometimes alters their name
397 by adding such a suffix to represent fields with certain constraints.
398 If the field could not be found, return a negative number if
399 MAYBE_MISSING is set. Otherwise raise an error. */
402 ada_get_field_index (const struct type
*type
, const char *field_name
,
406 struct type
*struct_type
= check_typedef ((struct type
*) type
);
408 for (fieldno
= 0; fieldno
< TYPE_NFIELDS (struct_type
); fieldno
++)
409 if (field_name_match (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (struct_type
, fieldno
), field_name
))
413 error (_("Unable to find field %s in struct %s. Aborting"),
414 field_name
, TYPE_NAME (struct_type
));
419 /* The length of the prefix of NAME prior to any "___" suffix. */
422 ada_name_prefix_len (const char *name
)
428 const char *p
= strstr (name
, "___");
430 return strlen (name
);
436 /* Return non-zero if SUFFIX is a suffix of STR.
437 Return zero if STR is null. */
440 is_suffix (const char *str
, const char *suffix
)
446 len2
= strlen (suffix
);
447 return (len1
>= len2
&& strcmp (str
+ len1
- len2
, suffix
) == 0);
450 /* The contents of value VAL, treated as a value of type TYPE. The
451 result is an lval in memory if VAL is. */
453 static struct value
*
454 coerce_unspec_val_to_type (struct value
*val
, struct type
*type
)
456 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
457 if (value_type (val
) == type
)
461 struct value
*result
;
463 /* Make sure that the object size is not unreasonable before
464 trying to allocate some memory for it. */
467 result
= allocate_value (type
);
468 set_value_component_location (result
, val
);
469 set_value_bitsize (result
, value_bitsize (val
));
470 set_value_bitpos (result
, value_bitpos (val
));
471 set_value_address (result
, value_address (val
));
473 || TYPE_LENGTH (type
) > TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (val
)))
474 set_value_lazy (result
, 1);
476 memcpy (value_contents_raw (result
), value_contents (val
),
482 static const gdb_byte
*
483 cond_offset_host (const gdb_byte
*valaddr
, long offset
)
488 return valaddr
+ offset
;
492 cond_offset_target (CORE_ADDR address
, long offset
)
497 return address
+ offset
;
500 /* Issue a warning (as for the definition of warning in utils.c, but
501 with exactly one argument rather than ...), unless the limit on the
502 number of warnings has passed during the evaluation of the current
505 /* FIXME: cagney/2004-10-10: This function is mimicking the behavior
506 provided by "complaint". */
507 static void lim_warning (const char *format
, ...) ATTR_FORMAT (printf
, 1, 2);
510 lim_warning (const char *format
, ...)
513 va_start (args
, format
);
515 warnings_issued
+= 1;
516 if (warnings_issued
<= warning_limit
)
517 vwarning (format
, args
);
522 /* Issue an error if the size of an object of type T is unreasonable,
523 i.e. if it would be a bad idea to allocate a value of this type in
527 check_size (const struct type
*type
)
529 if (TYPE_LENGTH (type
) > varsize_limit
)
530 error (_("object size is larger than varsize-limit"));
534 /* Note: would have used MAX_OF_TYPE and MIN_OF_TYPE macros from
535 gdbtypes.h, but some of the necessary definitions in that file
536 seem to have gone missing. */
538 /* Maximum value of a SIZE-byte signed integer type. */
540 max_of_size (int size
)
542 LONGEST top_bit
= (LONGEST
) 1 << (size
* 8 - 2);
543 return top_bit
| (top_bit
- 1);
546 /* Minimum value of a SIZE-byte signed integer type. */
548 min_of_size (int size
)
550 return -max_of_size (size
) - 1;
553 /* Maximum value of a SIZE-byte unsigned integer type. */
555 umax_of_size (int size
)
557 ULONGEST top_bit
= (ULONGEST
) 1 << (size
* 8 - 1);
558 return top_bit
| (top_bit
- 1);
561 /* Maximum value of integral type T, as a signed quantity. */
563 max_of_type (struct type
*t
)
565 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (t
))
566 return (LONGEST
) umax_of_size (TYPE_LENGTH (t
));
568 return max_of_size (TYPE_LENGTH (t
));
571 /* Minimum value of integral type T, as a signed quantity. */
573 min_of_type (struct type
*t
)
575 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (t
))
578 return min_of_size (TYPE_LENGTH (t
));
581 /* The largest value in the domain of TYPE, a discrete type, as an integer. */
583 ada_discrete_type_high_bound (struct type
*type
)
585 switch (TYPE_CODE (type
))
587 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE
:
588 return TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (type
);
590 return TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type
, TYPE_NFIELDS (type
) - 1);
595 return max_of_type (type
);
597 error (_("Unexpected type in ada_discrete_type_high_bound."));
601 /* The largest value in the domain of TYPE, a discrete type, as an integer. */
603 ada_discrete_type_low_bound (struct type
*type
)
605 switch (TYPE_CODE (type
))
607 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE
:
608 return TYPE_LOW_BOUND (type
);
610 return TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type
, 0);
615 return min_of_type (type
);
617 error (_("Unexpected type in ada_discrete_type_low_bound."));
621 /* The identity on non-range types. For range types, the underlying
622 non-range scalar type. */
625 base_type (struct type
*type
)
627 while (type
!= NULL
&& TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE
)
629 if (type
== TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
) || TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
) == NULL
)
631 type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
);
637 /* Language Selection */
639 /* If the main program is in Ada, return language_ada, otherwise return LANG
640 (the main program is in Ada iif the adainit symbol is found).
642 MAIN_PST is not used. */
645 ada_update_initial_language (enum language lang
,
646 struct partial_symtab
*main_pst
)
648 if (lookup_minimal_symbol ("adainit", (const char *) NULL
,
649 (struct objfile
*) NULL
) != NULL
)
655 /* If the main procedure is written in Ada, then return its name.
656 The result is good until the next call. Return NULL if the main
657 procedure doesn't appear to be in Ada. */
662 struct minimal_symbol
*msym
;
663 static char *main_program_name
= NULL
;
665 /* For Ada, the name of the main procedure is stored in a specific
666 string constant, generated by the binder. Look for that symbol,
667 extract its address, and then read that string. If we didn't find
668 that string, then most probably the main procedure is not written
670 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol (ADA_MAIN_PROGRAM_SYMBOL_NAME
, NULL
, NULL
);
674 CORE_ADDR main_program_name_addr
;
677 main_program_name_addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (msym
);
678 if (main_program_name_addr
== 0)
679 error (_("Invalid address for Ada main program name."));
681 xfree (main_program_name
);
682 target_read_string (main_program_name_addr
, &main_program_name
,
687 return main_program_name
;
690 /* The main procedure doesn't seem to be in Ada. */
696 /* Table of Ada operators and their GNAT-encoded names. Last entry is pair
699 const struct ada_opname_map ada_opname_table
[] = {
700 {"Oadd", "\"+\"", BINOP_ADD
},
701 {"Osubtract", "\"-\"", BINOP_SUB
},
702 {"Omultiply", "\"*\"", BINOP_MUL
},
703 {"Odivide", "\"/\"", BINOP_DIV
},
704 {"Omod", "\"mod\"", BINOP_MOD
},
705 {"Orem", "\"rem\"", BINOP_REM
},
706 {"Oexpon", "\"**\"", BINOP_EXP
},
707 {"Olt", "\"<\"", BINOP_LESS
},
708 {"Ole", "\"<=\"", BINOP_LEQ
},
709 {"Ogt", "\">\"", BINOP_GTR
},
710 {"Oge", "\">=\"", BINOP_GEQ
},
711 {"Oeq", "\"=\"", BINOP_EQUAL
},
712 {"One", "\"/=\"", BINOP_NOTEQUAL
},
713 {"Oand", "\"and\"", BINOP_BITWISE_AND
},
714 {"Oor", "\"or\"", BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
},
715 {"Oxor", "\"xor\"", BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
},
716 {"Oconcat", "\"&\"", BINOP_CONCAT
},
717 {"Oabs", "\"abs\"", UNOP_ABS
},
718 {"Onot", "\"not\"", UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
},
719 {"Oadd", "\"+\"", UNOP_PLUS
},
720 {"Osubtract", "\"-\"", UNOP_NEG
},
724 /* The "encoded" form of DECODED, according to GNAT conventions.
725 The result is valid until the next call to ada_encode. */
728 ada_encode (const char *decoded
)
730 static char *encoding_buffer
= NULL
;
731 static size_t encoding_buffer_size
= 0;
738 GROW_VECT (encoding_buffer
, encoding_buffer_size
,
739 2 * strlen (decoded
) + 10);
742 for (p
= decoded
; *p
!= '\0'; p
+= 1)
746 encoding_buffer
[k
] = encoding_buffer
[k
+ 1] = '_';
751 const struct ada_opname_map
*mapping
;
753 for (mapping
= ada_opname_table
;
754 mapping
->encoded
!= NULL
755 && strncmp (mapping
->decoded
, p
,
756 strlen (mapping
->decoded
)) != 0; mapping
+= 1)
758 if (mapping
->encoded
== NULL
)
759 error (_("invalid Ada operator name: %s"), p
);
760 strcpy (encoding_buffer
+ k
, mapping
->encoded
);
761 k
+= strlen (mapping
->encoded
);
766 encoding_buffer
[k
] = *p
;
771 encoding_buffer
[k
] = '\0';
772 return encoding_buffer
;
775 /* Return NAME folded to lower case, or, if surrounded by single
776 quotes, unfolded, but with the quotes stripped away. Result good
780 ada_fold_name (const char *name
)
782 static char *fold_buffer
= NULL
;
783 static size_t fold_buffer_size
= 0;
785 int len
= strlen (name
);
786 GROW_VECT (fold_buffer
, fold_buffer_size
, len
+ 1);
790 strncpy (fold_buffer
, name
+ 1, len
- 2);
791 fold_buffer
[len
- 2] = '\000';
796 for (i
= 0; i
<= len
; i
+= 1)
797 fold_buffer
[i
] = tolower (name
[i
]);
803 /* Return nonzero if C is either a digit or a lowercase alphabet character. */
806 is_lower_alphanum (const char c
)
808 return (isdigit (c
) || (isalpha (c
) && islower (c
)));
811 /* Remove either of these suffixes:
816 These are suffixes introduced by the compiler for entities such as
817 nested subprogram for instance, in order to avoid name clashes.
818 They do not serve any purpose for the debugger. */
821 ada_remove_trailing_digits (const char *encoded
, int *len
)
823 if (*len
> 1 && isdigit (encoded
[*len
- 1]))
826 while (i
> 0 && isdigit (encoded
[i
]))
828 if (i
>= 0 && encoded
[i
] == '.')
830 else if (i
>= 0 && encoded
[i
] == '$')
832 else if (i
>= 2 && strncmp (encoded
+ i
- 2, "___", 3) == 0)
834 else if (i
>= 1 && strncmp (encoded
+ i
- 1, "__", 2) == 0)
839 /* Remove the suffix introduced by the compiler for protected object
843 ada_remove_po_subprogram_suffix (const char *encoded
, int *len
)
845 /* Remove trailing N. */
847 /* Protected entry subprograms are broken into two
848 separate subprograms: The first one is unprotected, and has
849 a 'N' suffix; the second is the protected version, and has
850 the 'P' suffix. The second calls the first one after handling
851 the protection. Since the P subprograms are internally generated,
852 we leave these names undecoded, giving the user a clue that this
853 entity is internal. */
856 && encoded
[*len
- 1] == 'N'
857 && (isdigit (encoded
[*len
- 2]) || islower (encoded
[*len
- 2])))
861 /* Remove trailing X[bn]* suffixes (indicating names in package bodies). */
864 ada_remove_Xbn_suffix (const char *encoded
, int *len
)
868 while (i
> 0 && (encoded
[i
] == 'b' || encoded
[i
] == 'n'))
871 if (encoded
[i
] != 'X')
877 if (isalnum (encoded
[i
-1]))
881 /* If ENCODED follows the GNAT entity encoding conventions, then return
882 the decoded form of ENCODED. Otherwise, return "<%s>" where "%s" is
885 The resulting string is valid until the next call of ada_decode.
886 If the string is unchanged by decoding, the original string pointer
890 ada_decode (const char *encoded
)
897 static char *decoding_buffer
= NULL
;
898 static size_t decoding_buffer_size
= 0;
900 /* The name of the Ada main procedure starts with "_ada_".
901 This prefix is not part of the decoded name, so skip this part
902 if we see this prefix. */
903 if (strncmp (encoded
, "_ada_", 5) == 0)
906 /* If the name starts with '_', then it is not a properly encoded
907 name, so do not attempt to decode it. Similarly, if the name
908 starts with '<', the name should not be decoded. */
909 if (encoded
[0] == '_' || encoded
[0] == '<')
912 len0
= strlen (encoded
);
914 ada_remove_trailing_digits (encoded
, &len0
);
915 ada_remove_po_subprogram_suffix (encoded
, &len0
);
917 /* Remove the ___X.* suffix if present. Do not forget to verify that
918 the suffix is located before the current "end" of ENCODED. We want
919 to avoid re-matching parts of ENCODED that have previously been
920 marked as discarded (by decrementing LEN0). */
921 p
= strstr (encoded
, "___");
922 if (p
!= NULL
&& p
- encoded
< len0
- 3)
930 /* Remove any trailing TKB suffix. It tells us that this symbol
931 is for the body of a task, but that information does not actually
932 appear in the decoded name. */
934 if (len0
> 3 && strncmp (encoded
+ len0
- 3, "TKB", 3) == 0)
937 /* Remove any trailing TB suffix. The TB suffix is slightly different
938 from the TKB suffix because it is used for non-anonymous task
941 if (len0
> 2 && strncmp (encoded
+ len0
- 2, "TB", 2) == 0)
944 /* Remove trailing "B" suffixes. */
945 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-04-19: Not sure what this are used for... */
947 if (len0
> 1 && strncmp (encoded
+ len0
- 1, "B", 1) == 0)
950 /* Make decoded big enough for possible expansion by operator name. */
952 GROW_VECT (decoding_buffer
, decoding_buffer_size
, 2 * len0
+ 1);
953 decoded
= decoding_buffer
;
955 /* Remove trailing __{digit}+ or trailing ${digit}+. */
957 if (len0
> 1 && isdigit (encoded
[len0
- 1]))
960 while ((i
>= 0 && isdigit (encoded
[i
]))
961 || (i
>= 1 && encoded
[i
] == '_' && isdigit (encoded
[i
- 1])))
963 if (i
> 1 && encoded
[i
] == '_' && encoded
[i
- 1] == '_')
965 else if (encoded
[i
] == '$')
969 /* The first few characters that are not alphabetic are not part
970 of any encoding we use, so we can copy them over verbatim. */
972 for (i
= 0, j
= 0; i
< len0
&& !isalpha (encoded
[i
]); i
+= 1, j
+= 1)
973 decoded
[j
] = encoded
[i
];
978 /* Is this a symbol function? */
979 if (at_start_name
&& encoded
[i
] == 'O')
982 for (k
= 0; ada_opname_table
[k
].encoded
!= NULL
; k
+= 1)
984 int op_len
= strlen (ada_opname_table
[k
].encoded
);
985 if ((strncmp (ada_opname_table
[k
].encoded
+ 1, encoded
+ i
+ 1,
987 && !isalnum (encoded
[i
+ op_len
]))
989 strcpy (decoded
+ j
, ada_opname_table
[k
].decoded
);
992 j
+= strlen (ada_opname_table
[k
].decoded
);
996 if (ada_opname_table
[k
].encoded
!= NULL
)
1001 /* Replace "TK__" with "__", which will eventually be translated
1002 into "." (just below). */
1004 if (i
< len0
- 4 && strncmp (encoded
+ i
, "TK__", 4) == 0)
1007 /* Replace "__B_{DIGITS}+__" sequences by "__", which will eventually
1008 be translated into "." (just below). These are internal names
1009 generated for anonymous blocks inside which our symbol is nested. */
1011 if (len0
- i
> 5 && encoded
[i
] == '_' && encoded
[i
+1] == '_'
1012 && encoded
[i
+2] == 'B' && encoded
[i
+3] == '_'
1013 && isdigit (encoded
[i
+4]))
1017 while (k
< len0
&& isdigit (encoded
[k
]))
1018 k
++; /* Skip any extra digit. */
1020 /* Double-check that the "__B_{DIGITS}+" sequence we found
1021 is indeed followed by "__". */
1022 if (len0
- k
> 2 && encoded
[k
] == '_' && encoded
[k
+1] == '_')
1026 /* Remove _E{DIGITS}+[sb] */
1028 /* Just as for protected object subprograms, there are 2 categories
1029 of subprograms created by the compiler for each entry. The first
1030 one implements the actual entry code, and has a suffix following
1031 the convention above; the second one implements the barrier and
1032 uses the same convention as above, except that the 'E' is replaced
1035 Just as above, we do not decode the name of barrier functions
1036 to give the user a clue that the code he is debugging has been
1037 internally generated. */
1039 if (len0
- i
> 3 && encoded
[i
] == '_' && encoded
[i
+1] == 'E'
1040 && isdigit (encoded
[i
+2]))
1044 while (k
< len0
&& isdigit (encoded
[k
]))
1048 && (encoded
[k
] == 'b' || encoded
[k
] == 's'))
1051 /* Just as an extra precaution, make sure that if this
1052 suffix is followed by anything else, it is a '_'.
1053 Otherwise, we matched this sequence by accident. */
1055 || (k
< len0
&& encoded
[k
] == '_'))
1060 /* Remove trailing "N" in [a-z0-9]+N__. The N is added by
1061 the GNAT front-end in protected object subprograms. */
1064 && encoded
[i
] == 'N' && encoded
[i
+1] == '_' && encoded
[i
+2] == '_')
1066 /* Backtrack a bit up until we reach either the begining of
1067 the encoded name, or "__". Make sure that we only find
1068 digits or lowercase characters. */
1069 const char *ptr
= encoded
+ i
- 1;
1071 while (ptr
>= encoded
&& is_lower_alphanum (ptr
[0]))
1074 || (ptr
> encoded
&& ptr
[0] == '_' && ptr
[-1] == '_'))
1078 if (encoded
[i
] == 'X' && i
!= 0 && isalnum (encoded
[i
- 1]))
1080 /* This is a X[bn]* sequence not separated from the previous
1081 part of the name with a non-alpha-numeric character (in other
1082 words, immediately following an alpha-numeric character), then
1083 verify that it is placed at the end of the encoded name. If
1084 not, then the encoding is not valid and we should abort the
1085 decoding. Otherwise, just skip it, it is used in body-nested
1089 while (i
< len0
&& (encoded
[i
] == 'b' || encoded
[i
] == 'n'));
1093 else if (i
< len0
- 2 && encoded
[i
] == '_' && encoded
[i
+ 1] == '_')
1095 /* Replace '__' by '.'. */
1103 /* It's a character part of the decoded name, so just copy it
1105 decoded
[j
] = encoded
[i
];
1110 decoded
[j
] = '\000';
1112 /* Decoded names should never contain any uppercase character.
1113 Double-check this, and abort the decoding if we find one. */
1115 for (i
= 0; decoded
[i
] != '\0'; i
+= 1)
1116 if (isupper (decoded
[i
]) || decoded
[i
] == ' ')
1119 if (strcmp (decoded
, encoded
) == 0)
1125 GROW_VECT (decoding_buffer
, decoding_buffer_size
, strlen (encoded
) + 3);
1126 decoded
= decoding_buffer
;
1127 if (encoded
[0] == '<')
1128 strcpy (decoded
, encoded
);
1130 xsnprintf (decoded
, decoding_buffer_size
, "<%s>", encoded
);
1135 /* Table for keeping permanent unique copies of decoded names. Once
1136 allocated, names in this table are never released. While this is a
1137 storage leak, it should not be significant unless there are massive
1138 changes in the set of decoded names in successive versions of a
1139 symbol table loaded during a single session. */
1140 static struct htab
*decoded_names_store
;
1142 /* Returns the decoded name of GSYMBOL, as for ada_decode, caching it
1143 in the language-specific part of GSYMBOL, if it has not been
1144 previously computed. Tries to save the decoded name in the same
1145 obstack as GSYMBOL, if possible, and otherwise on the heap (so that,
1146 in any case, the decoded symbol has a lifetime at least that of
1148 The GSYMBOL parameter is "mutable" in the C++ sense: logically
1149 const, but nevertheless modified to a semantically equivalent form
1150 when a decoded name is cached in it.
1154 ada_decode_symbol (const struct general_symbol_info
*gsymbol
)
1157 (char **) &gsymbol
->language_specific
.cplus_specific
.demangled_name
;
1158 if (*resultp
== NULL
)
1160 const char *decoded
= ada_decode (gsymbol
->name
);
1161 if (gsymbol
->obj_section
!= NULL
)
1163 struct objfile
*objf
= gsymbol
->obj_section
->objfile
;
1164 *resultp
= obsavestring (decoded
, strlen (decoded
),
1165 &objf
->objfile_obstack
);
1167 /* Sometimes, we can't find a corresponding objfile, in which
1168 case, we put the result on the heap. Since we only decode
1169 when needed, we hope this usually does not cause a
1170 significant memory leak (FIXME). */
1171 if (*resultp
== NULL
)
1173 char **slot
= (char **) htab_find_slot (decoded_names_store
,
1176 *slot
= xstrdup (decoded
);
1185 ada_la_decode (const char *encoded
, int options
)
1187 return xstrdup (ada_decode (encoded
));
1190 /* Returns non-zero iff SYM_NAME matches NAME, ignoring any trailing
1191 suffixes that encode debugging information or leading _ada_ on
1192 SYM_NAME (see is_name_suffix commentary for the debugging
1193 information that is ignored). If WILD, then NAME need only match a
1194 suffix of SYM_NAME minus the same suffixes. Also returns 0 if
1195 either argument is NULL. */
1198 ada_match_name (const char *sym_name
, const char *name
, int wild
)
1200 if (sym_name
== NULL
|| name
== NULL
)
1203 return wild_match (name
, strlen (name
), sym_name
);
1206 int len_name
= strlen (name
);
1207 return (strncmp (sym_name
, name
, len_name
) == 0
1208 && is_name_suffix (sym_name
+ len_name
))
1209 || (strncmp (sym_name
, "_ada_", 5) == 0
1210 && strncmp (sym_name
+ 5, name
, len_name
) == 0
1211 && is_name_suffix (sym_name
+ len_name
+ 5));
1218 /* Names of MAX_ADA_DIMENS bounds in P_BOUNDS fields of array descriptors. */
1220 static char *bound_name
[] = {
1221 "LB0", "UB0", "LB1", "UB1", "LB2", "UB2", "LB3", "UB3",
1222 "LB4", "UB4", "LB5", "UB5", "LB6", "UB6", "LB7", "UB7"
1225 /* Maximum number of array dimensions we are prepared to handle. */
1227 #define MAX_ADA_DIMENS (sizeof(bound_name) / (2*sizeof(char *)))
1229 /* Like modify_field, but allows bitpos > wordlength. */
1232 modify_general_field (struct type
*type
, char *addr
,
1233 LONGEST fieldval
, int bitpos
, int bitsize
)
1235 modify_field (type
, addr
+ bitpos
/ 8, fieldval
, bitpos
% 8, bitsize
);
1239 /* The desc_* routines return primitive portions of array descriptors
1242 /* The descriptor or array type, if any, indicated by TYPE; removes
1243 level of indirection, if needed. */
1245 static struct type
*
1246 desc_base_type (struct type
*type
)
1250 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
1252 && (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
1253 || TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_REF
))
1254 return ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
));
1259 /* True iff TYPE indicates a "thin" array pointer type. */
1262 is_thin_pntr (struct type
*type
)
1265 is_suffix (ada_type_name (desc_base_type (type
)), "___XUT")
1266 || is_suffix (ada_type_name (desc_base_type (type
)), "___XUT___XVE");
1269 /* The descriptor type for thin pointer type TYPE. */
1271 static struct type
*
1272 thin_descriptor_type (struct type
*type
)
1274 struct type
*base_type
= desc_base_type (type
);
1275 if (base_type
== NULL
)
1277 if (is_suffix (ada_type_name (base_type
), "___XVE"))
1281 struct type
*alt_type
= ada_find_parallel_type (base_type
, "___XVE");
1282 if (alt_type
== NULL
)
1289 /* A pointer to the array data for thin-pointer value VAL. */
1291 static struct value
*
1292 thin_data_pntr (struct value
*val
)
1294 struct type
*type
= value_type (val
);
1295 struct type
*data_type
= desc_data_target_type (thin_descriptor_type (type
));
1296 data_type
= lookup_pointer_type (data_type
);
1298 if (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
1299 return value_cast (data_type
, value_copy (val
));
1301 return value_from_longest (data_type
, value_address (val
));
1304 /* True iff TYPE indicates a "thick" array pointer type. */
1307 is_thick_pntr (struct type
*type
)
1309 type
= desc_base_type (type
);
1310 return (type
!= NULL
&& TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1311 && lookup_struct_elt_type (type
, "P_BOUNDS", 1) != NULL
);
1314 /* If TYPE is the type of an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer) or a
1315 pointer to one, the type of its bounds data; otherwise, NULL. */
1317 static struct type
*
1318 desc_bounds_type (struct type
*type
)
1322 type
= desc_base_type (type
);
1326 else if (is_thin_pntr (type
))
1328 type
= thin_descriptor_type (type
);
1331 r
= lookup_struct_elt_type (type
, "BOUNDS", 1);
1333 return ada_check_typedef (r
);
1335 else if (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
)
1337 r
= lookup_struct_elt_type (type
, "P_BOUNDS", 1);
1339 return ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (ada_check_typedef (r
)));
1344 /* If ARR is an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer), or pointer to
1345 one, a pointer to its bounds data. Otherwise NULL. */
1347 static struct value
*
1348 desc_bounds (struct value
*arr
)
1350 struct type
*type
= ada_check_typedef (value_type (arr
));
1351 if (is_thin_pntr (type
))
1353 struct type
*bounds_type
=
1354 desc_bounds_type (thin_descriptor_type (type
));
1357 if (bounds_type
== NULL
)
1358 error (_("Bad GNAT array descriptor"));
1360 /* NOTE: The following calculation is not really kosher, but
1361 since desc_type is an XVE-encoded type (and shouldn't be),
1362 the correct calculation is a real pain. FIXME (and fix GCC). */
1363 if (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
1364 addr
= value_as_long (arr
);
1366 addr
= value_address (arr
);
1369 value_from_longest (lookup_pointer_type (bounds_type
),
1370 addr
- TYPE_LENGTH (bounds_type
));
1373 else if (is_thick_pntr (type
))
1374 return value_struct_elt (&arr
, NULL
, "P_BOUNDS", NULL
,
1375 _("Bad GNAT array descriptor"));
1380 /* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit
1381 position of the field containing the address of the bounds data. */
1384 fat_pntr_bounds_bitpos (struct type
*type
)
1386 return TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (desc_base_type (type
), 1);
1389 /* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit
1390 size of the field containing the address of the bounds data. */
1393 fat_pntr_bounds_bitsize (struct type
*type
)
1395 type
= desc_base_type (type
);
1397 if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type
, 1) > 0)
1398 return TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type
, 1);
1400 return 8 * TYPE_LENGTH (ada_check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type
, 1)));
1403 /* If TYPE is the type of an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer) or a
1404 pointer to one, the type of its array data (a array-with-no-bounds type);
1405 otherwise, NULL. Use ada_type_of_array to get an array type with bounds
1408 static struct type
*
1409 desc_data_target_type (struct type
*type
)
1411 type
= desc_base_type (type
);
1413 /* NOTE: The following is bogus; see comment in desc_bounds. */
1414 if (is_thin_pntr (type
))
1415 return desc_base_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (thin_descriptor_type (type
), 1));
1416 else if (is_thick_pntr (type
))
1418 struct type
*data_type
= lookup_struct_elt_type (type
, "P_ARRAY", 1);
1421 && TYPE_CODE (ada_check_typedef (data_type
)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
1422 return TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (data_type
);
1428 /* If ARR is an array descriptor (fat or thin pointer), a pointer to
1431 static struct value
*
1432 desc_data (struct value
*arr
)
1434 struct type
*type
= value_type (arr
);
1435 if (is_thin_pntr (type
))
1436 return thin_data_pntr (arr
);
1437 else if (is_thick_pntr (type
))
1438 return value_struct_elt (&arr
, NULL
, "P_ARRAY", NULL
,
1439 _("Bad GNAT array descriptor"));
1445 /* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit
1446 position of the field containing the address of the data. */
1449 fat_pntr_data_bitpos (struct type
*type
)
1451 return TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (desc_base_type (type
), 0);
1454 /* If TYPE is the type of an array-descriptor (fat pointer), the bit
1455 size of the field containing the address of the data. */
1458 fat_pntr_data_bitsize (struct type
*type
)
1460 type
= desc_base_type (type
);
1462 if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type
, 0) > 0)
1463 return TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type
, 0);
1465 return TARGET_CHAR_BIT
* TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type
, 0));
1468 /* If BOUNDS is an array-bounds structure (or pointer to one), return
1469 the Ith lower bound stored in it, if WHICH is 0, and the Ith upper
1470 bound, if WHICH is 1. The first bound is I=1. */
1472 static struct value
*
1473 desc_one_bound (struct value
*bounds
, int i
, int which
)
1475 return value_struct_elt (&bounds
, NULL
, bound_name
[2 * i
+ which
- 2], NULL
,
1476 _("Bad GNAT array descriptor bounds"));
1479 /* If BOUNDS is an array-bounds structure type, return the bit position
1480 of the Ith lower bound stored in it, if WHICH is 0, and the Ith upper
1481 bound, if WHICH is 1. The first bound is I=1. */
1484 desc_bound_bitpos (struct type
*type
, int i
, int which
)
1486 return TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (desc_base_type (type
), 2 * i
+ which
- 2);
1489 /* If BOUNDS is an array-bounds structure type, return the bit field size
1490 of the Ith lower bound stored in it, if WHICH is 0, and the Ith upper
1491 bound, if WHICH is 1. The first bound is I=1. */
1494 desc_bound_bitsize (struct type
*type
, int i
, int which
)
1496 type
= desc_base_type (type
);
1498 if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type
, 2 * i
+ which
- 2) > 0)
1499 return TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type
, 2 * i
+ which
- 2);
1501 return 8 * TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type
, 2 * i
+ which
- 2));
1504 /* If TYPE is the type of an array-bounds structure, the type of its
1505 Ith bound (numbering from 1). Otherwise, NULL. */
1507 static struct type
*
1508 desc_index_type (struct type
*type
, int i
)
1510 type
= desc_base_type (type
);
1512 if (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
)
1513 return lookup_struct_elt_type (type
, bound_name
[2 * i
- 2], 1);
1518 /* The number of index positions in the array-bounds type TYPE.
1519 Return 0 if TYPE is NULL. */
1522 desc_arity (struct type
*type
)
1524 type
= desc_base_type (type
);
1527 return TYPE_NFIELDS (type
) / 2;
1531 /* Non-zero iff TYPE is a simple array type (not a pointer to one) or
1532 an array descriptor type (representing an unconstrained array
1536 ada_is_direct_array_type (struct type
*type
)
1540 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
1541 return (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
1542 || ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type
));
1545 /* Non-zero iff TYPE represents any kind of array in Ada, or a pointer
1549 ada_is_array_type (struct type
*type
)
1552 && (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
1553 || TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_REF
))
1554 type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
);
1555 return ada_is_direct_array_type (type
);
1558 /* Non-zero iff TYPE is a simple array type or pointer to one. */
1561 ada_is_simple_array_type (struct type
*type
)
1565 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
1566 return (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
1567 || (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
1568 && TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
)) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
));
1571 /* Non-zero iff TYPE belongs to a GNAT array descriptor. */
1574 ada_is_array_descriptor_type (struct type
*type
)
1576 struct type
*data_type
= desc_data_target_type (type
);
1580 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
1581 return (data_type
!= NULL
1582 && TYPE_CODE (data_type
) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
1583 && desc_arity (desc_bounds_type (type
)) > 0);
1586 /* Non-zero iff type is a partially mal-formed GNAT array
1587 descriptor. FIXME: This is to compensate for some problems with
1588 debugging output from GNAT. Re-examine periodically to see if it
1592 ada_is_bogus_array_descriptor (struct type
*type
)
1596 && TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1597 && (lookup_struct_elt_type (type
, "P_BOUNDS", 1) != NULL
1598 || lookup_struct_elt_type (type
, "P_ARRAY", 1) != NULL
)
1599 && !ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type
);
1603 /* If ARR has a record type in the form of a standard GNAT array descriptor,
1604 (fat pointer) returns the type of the array data described---specifically,
1605 a pointer-to-array type. If BOUNDS is non-zero, the bounds data are filled
1606 in from the descriptor; otherwise, they are left unspecified. If
1607 the ARR denotes a null array descriptor and BOUNDS is non-zero,
1608 returns NULL. The result is simply the type of ARR if ARR is not
1611 ada_type_of_array (struct value
*arr
, int bounds
)
1613 if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (value_type (arr
)))
1614 return decode_constrained_packed_array_type (value_type (arr
));
1616 if (!ada_is_array_descriptor_type (value_type (arr
)))
1617 return value_type (arr
);
1621 struct type
*array_type
=
1622 ada_check_typedef (desc_data_target_type (value_type (arr
)));
1624 if (ada_is_unconstrained_packed_array_type (value_type (arr
)))
1625 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (array_type
, 0) =
1626 decode_packed_array_bitsize (value_type (arr
));
1632 struct type
*elt_type
;
1634 struct value
*descriptor
;
1636 elt_type
= ada_array_element_type (value_type (arr
), -1);
1637 arity
= ada_array_arity (value_type (arr
));
1639 if (elt_type
== NULL
|| arity
== 0)
1640 return ada_check_typedef (value_type (arr
));
1642 descriptor
= desc_bounds (arr
);
1643 if (value_as_long (descriptor
) == 0)
1647 struct type
*range_type
= alloc_type_copy (value_type (arr
));
1648 struct type
*array_type
= alloc_type_copy (value_type (arr
));
1649 struct value
*low
= desc_one_bound (descriptor
, arity
, 0);
1650 struct value
*high
= desc_one_bound (descriptor
, arity
, 1);
1653 create_range_type (range_type
, value_type (low
),
1654 longest_to_int (value_as_long (low
)),
1655 longest_to_int (value_as_long (high
)));
1656 elt_type
= create_array_type (array_type
, elt_type
, range_type
);
1658 if (ada_is_unconstrained_packed_array_type (value_type (arr
)))
1659 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (elt_type
, 0) =
1660 decode_packed_array_bitsize (value_type (arr
));
1663 return lookup_pointer_type (elt_type
);
1667 /* If ARR does not represent an array, returns ARR unchanged.
1668 Otherwise, returns either a standard GDB array with bounds set
1669 appropriately or, if ARR is a non-null fat pointer, a pointer to a standard
1670 GDB array. Returns NULL if ARR is a null fat pointer. */
1673 ada_coerce_to_simple_array_ptr (struct value
*arr
)
1675 if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (value_type (arr
)))
1677 struct type
*arrType
= ada_type_of_array (arr
, 1);
1678 if (arrType
== NULL
)
1680 return value_cast (arrType
, value_copy (desc_data (arr
)));
1682 else if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (value_type (arr
)))
1683 return decode_constrained_packed_array (arr
);
1688 /* If ARR does not represent an array, returns ARR unchanged.
1689 Otherwise, returns a standard GDB array describing ARR (which may
1690 be ARR itself if it already is in the proper form). */
1692 static struct value
*
1693 ada_coerce_to_simple_array (struct value
*arr
)
1695 if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (value_type (arr
)))
1697 struct value
*arrVal
= ada_coerce_to_simple_array_ptr (arr
);
1699 error (_("Bounds unavailable for null array pointer."));
1700 check_size (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (value_type (arrVal
)));
1701 return value_ind (arrVal
);
1703 else if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (value_type (arr
)))
1704 return decode_constrained_packed_array (arr
);
1709 /* If TYPE represents a GNAT array type, return it translated to an
1710 ordinary GDB array type (possibly with BITSIZE fields indicating
1711 packing). For other types, is the identity. */
1714 ada_coerce_to_simple_array_type (struct type
*type
)
1716 if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (type
))
1717 return decode_constrained_packed_array_type (type
);
1719 if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type
))
1720 return ada_check_typedef (desc_data_target_type (type
));
1725 /* Non-zero iff TYPE represents a standard GNAT packed-array type. */
1728 ada_is_packed_array_type (struct type
*type
)
1732 type
= desc_base_type (type
);
1733 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
1735 ada_type_name (type
) != NULL
1736 && strstr (ada_type_name (type
), "___XP") != NULL
;
1739 /* Non-zero iff TYPE represents a standard GNAT constrained
1740 packed-array type. */
1743 ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (struct type
*type
)
1745 return ada_is_packed_array_type (type
)
1746 && !ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type
);
1749 /* Non-zero iff TYPE represents an array descriptor for a
1750 unconstrained packed-array type. */
1753 ada_is_unconstrained_packed_array_type (struct type
*type
)
1755 return ada_is_packed_array_type (type
)
1756 && ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type
);
1759 /* Given that TYPE encodes a packed array type (constrained or unconstrained),
1760 return the size of its elements in bits. */
1763 decode_packed_array_bitsize (struct type
*type
)
1765 char *raw_name
= ada_type_name (ada_check_typedef (type
));
1770 raw_name
= ada_type_name (desc_base_type (type
));
1775 tail
= strstr (raw_name
, "___XP");
1777 if (sscanf (tail
+ sizeof ("___XP") - 1, "%ld", &bits
) != 1)
1780 (_("could not understand bit size information on packed array"));
1787 /* Given that TYPE is a standard GDB array type with all bounds filled
1788 in, and that the element size of its ultimate scalar constituents
1789 (that is, either its elements, or, if it is an array of arrays, its
1790 elements' elements, etc.) is *ELT_BITS, return an identical type,
1791 but with the bit sizes of its elements (and those of any
1792 constituent arrays) recorded in the BITSIZE components of its
1793 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE values, and with *ELT_BITS set to its total size
1796 static struct type
*
1797 constrained_packed_array_type (struct type
*type
, long *elt_bits
)
1799 struct type
*new_elt_type
;
1800 struct type
*new_type
;
1801 LONGEST low_bound
, high_bound
;
1803 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
1804 if (TYPE_CODE (type
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
)
1807 new_type
= alloc_type_copy (type
);
1809 constrained_packed_array_type (ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
)),
1811 create_array_type (new_type
, new_elt_type
, TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type
));
1812 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (new_type
, 0) = *elt_bits
;
1813 TYPE_NAME (new_type
) = ada_type_name (type
);
1815 if (get_discrete_bounds (TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type
),
1816 &low_bound
, &high_bound
) < 0)
1817 low_bound
= high_bound
= 0;
1818 if (high_bound
< low_bound
)
1819 *elt_bits
= TYPE_LENGTH (new_type
) = 0;
1822 *elt_bits
*= (high_bound
- low_bound
+ 1);
1823 TYPE_LENGTH (new_type
) =
1824 (*elt_bits
+ HOST_CHAR_BIT
- 1) / HOST_CHAR_BIT
;
1827 TYPE_FIXED_INSTANCE (new_type
) = 1;
1831 /* The array type encoded by TYPE, where
1832 ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (TYPE). */
1834 static struct type
*
1835 decode_constrained_packed_array_type (struct type
*type
)
1838 struct block
**blocks
;
1839 char *raw_name
= ada_type_name (ada_check_typedef (type
));
1842 struct type
*shadow_type
;
1847 raw_name
= ada_type_name (desc_base_type (type
));
1852 name
= (char *) alloca (strlen (raw_name
) + 1);
1853 tail
= strstr (raw_name
, "___XP");
1854 type
= desc_base_type (type
);
1856 memcpy (name
, raw_name
, tail
- raw_name
);
1857 name
[tail
- raw_name
] = '\000';
1859 shadow_type
= ada_find_parallel_type_with_name (type
, name
);
1861 if (shadow_type
== NULL
)
1863 lim_warning (_("could not find bounds information on packed array"));
1866 CHECK_TYPEDEF (shadow_type
);
1868 if (TYPE_CODE (shadow_type
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
)
1870 lim_warning (_("could not understand bounds information on packed array"));
1874 bits
= decode_packed_array_bitsize (type
);
1875 return constrained_packed_array_type (shadow_type
, &bits
);
1878 /* Given that ARR is a struct value *indicating a GNAT constrained packed
1879 array, returns a simple array that denotes that array. Its type is a
1880 standard GDB array type except that the BITSIZEs of the array
1881 target types are set to the number of bits in each element, and the
1882 type length is set appropriately. */
1884 static struct value
*
1885 decode_constrained_packed_array (struct value
*arr
)
1889 arr
= ada_coerce_ref (arr
);
1891 /* If our value is a pointer, then dererence it. Make sure that
1892 this operation does not cause the target type to be fixed, as
1893 this would indirectly cause this array to be decoded. The rest
1894 of the routine assumes that the array hasn't been decoded yet,
1895 so we use the basic "value_ind" routine to perform the dereferencing,
1896 as opposed to using "ada_value_ind". */
1897 if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (arr
)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
1898 arr
= value_ind (arr
);
1900 type
= decode_constrained_packed_array_type (value_type (arr
));
1903 error (_("can't unpack array"));
1907 if (gdbarch_bits_big_endian (get_type_arch (value_type (arr
)))
1908 && ada_is_modular_type (value_type (arr
)))
1910 /* This is a (right-justified) modular type representing a packed
1911 array with no wrapper. In order to interpret the value through
1912 the (left-justified) packed array type we just built, we must
1913 first left-justify it. */
1914 int bit_size
, bit_pos
;
1917 mod
= ada_modulus (value_type (arr
)) - 1;
1924 bit_pos
= HOST_CHAR_BIT
* TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (arr
)) - bit_size
;
1925 arr
= ada_value_primitive_packed_val (arr
, NULL
,
1926 bit_pos
/ HOST_CHAR_BIT
,
1927 bit_pos
% HOST_CHAR_BIT
,
1932 return coerce_unspec_val_to_type (arr
, type
);
1936 /* The value of the element of packed array ARR at the ARITY indices
1937 given in IND. ARR must be a simple array. */
1939 static struct value
*
1940 value_subscript_packed (struct value
*arr
, int arity
, struct value
**ind
)
1943 int bits
, elt_off
, bit_off
;
1944 long elt_total_bit_offset
;
1945 struct type
*elt_type
;
1949 elt_total_bit_offset
= 0;
1950 elt_type
= ada_check_typedef (value_type (arr
));
1951 for (i
= 0; i
< arity
; i
+= 1)
1953 if (TYPE_CODE (elt_type
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
1954 || TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (elt_type
, 0) == 0)
1956 (_("attempt to do packed indexing of something other than a packed array"));
1959 struct type
*range_type
= TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (elt_type
);
1960 LONGEST lowerbound
, upperbound
;
1963 if (get_discrete_bounds (range_type
, &lowerbound
, &upperbound
) < 0)
1965 lim_warning (_("don't know bounds of array"));
1966 lowerbound
= upperbound
= 0;
1969 idx
= pos_atr (ind
[i
]);
1970 if (idx
< lowerbound
|| idx
> upperbound
)
1971 lim_warning (_("packed array index %ld out of bounds"), (long) idx
);
1972 bits
= TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (elt_type
, 0);
1973 elt_total_bit_offset
+= (idx
- lowerbound
) * bits
;
1974 elt_type
= ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (elt_type
));
1977 elt_off
= elt_total_bit_offset
/ HOST_CHAR_BIT
;
1978 bit_off
= elt_total_bit_offset
% HOST_CHAR_BIT
;
1980 v
= ada_value_primitive_packed_val (arr
, NULL
, elt_off
, bit_off
,
1985 /* Non-zero iff TYPE includes negative integer values. */
1988 has_negatives (struct type
*type
)
1990 switch (TYPE_CODE (type
))
1995 return !TYPE_UNSIGNED (type
);
1996 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE
:
1997 return TYPE_LOW_BOUND (type
) < 0;
2002 /* Create a new value of type TYPE from the contents of OBJ starting
2003 at byte OFFSET, and bit offset BIT_OFFSET within that byte,
2004 proceeding for BIT_SIZE bits. If OBJ is an lval in memory, then
2005 assigning through the result will set the field fetched from.
2006 VALADDR is ignored unless OBJ is NULL, in which case,
2007 VALADDR+OFFSET must address the start of storage containing the
2008 packed value. The value returned in this case is never an lval.
2009 Assumes 0 <= BIT_OFFSET < HOST_CHAR_BIT. */
2012 ada_value_primitive_packed_val (struct value
*obj
, const gdb_byte
*valaddr
,
2013 long offset
, int bit_offset
, int bit_size
,
2017 int src
, /* Index into the source area */
2018 targ
, /* Index into the target area */
2019 srcBitsLeft
, /* Number of source bits left to move */
2020 nsrc
, ntarg
, /* Number of source and target bytes */
2021 unusedLS
, /* Number of bits in next significant
2022 byte of source that are unused */
2023 accumSize
; /* Number of meaningful bits in accum */
2024 unsigned char *bytes
; /* First byte containing data to unpack */
2025 unsigned char *unpacked
;
2026 unsigned long accum
; /* Staging area for bits being transferred */
2028 int len
= (bit_size
+ bit_offset
+ HOST_CHAR_BIT
- 1) / 8;
2029 /* Transmit bytes from least to most significant; delta is the direction
2030 the indices move. */
2031 int delta
= gdbarch_bits_big_endian (get_type_arch (type
)) ? -1 : 1;
2033 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
2037 v
= allocate_value (type
);
2038 bytes
= (unsigned char *) (valaddr
+ offset
);
2040 else if (VALUE_LVAL (obj
) == lval_memory
&& value_lazy (obj
))
2043 value_address (obj
) + offset
);
2044 bytes
= (unsigned char *) alloca (len
);
2045 read_memory (value_address (v
), bytes
, len
);
2049 v
= allocate_value (type
);
2050 bytes
= (unsigned char *) value_contents (obj
) + offset
;
2056 set_value_component_location (v
, obj
);
2057 new_addr
= value_address (obj
) + offset
;
2058 set_value_bitpos (v
, bit_offset
+ value_bitpos (obj
));
2059 set_value_bitsize (v
, bit_size
);
2060 if (value_bitpos (v
) >= HOST_CHAR_BIT
)
2063 set_value_bitpos (v
, value_bitpos (v
) - HOST_CHAR_BIT
);
2065 set_value_address (v
, new_addr
);
2068 set_value_bitsize (v
, bit_size
);
2069 unpacked
= (unsigned char *) value_contents (v
);
2071 srcBitsLeft
= bit_size
;
2073 ntarg
= TYPE_LENGTH (type
);
2077 memset (unpacked
, 0, TYPE_LENGTH (type
));
2080 else if (gdbarch_bits_big_endian (get_type_arch (type
)))
2083 if (has_negatives (type
)
2084 && ((bytes
[0] << bit_offset
) & (1 << (HOST_CHAR_BIT
- 1))))
2088 (HOST_CHAR_BIT
- (bit_size
+ bit_offset
) % HOST_CHAR_BIT
)
2091 switch (TYPE_CODE (type
))
2093 case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
:
2094 case TYPE_CODE_UNION
:
2095 case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
:
2096 /* Non-scalar values must be aligned at a byte boundary... */
2098 (HOST_CHAR_BIT
- bit_size
% HOST_CHAR_BIT
) % HOST_CHAR_BIT
;
2099 /* ... And are placed at the beginning (most-significant) bytes
2101 targ
= (bit_size
+ HOST_CHAR_BIT
- 1) / HOST_CHAR_BIT
- 1;
2106 targ
= TYPE_LENGTH (type
) - 1;
2112 int sign_bit_offset
= (bit_size
+ bit_offset
- 1) % 8;
2115 unusedLS
= bit_offset
;
2118 if (has_negatives (type
) && (bytes
[len
- 1] & (1 << sign_bit_offset
)))
2125 /* Mask for removing bits of the next source byte that are not
2126 part of the value. */
2127 unsigned int unusedMSMask
=
2128 (1 << (srcBitsLeft
>= HOST_CHAR_BIT
? HOST_CHAR_BIT
: srcBitsLeft
)) -
2130 /* Sign-extend bits for this byte. */
2131 unsigned int signMask
= sign
& ~unusedMSMask
;
2133 (((bytes
[src
] >> unusedLS
) & unusedMSMask
) | signMask
) << accumSize
;
2134 accumSize
+= HOST_CHAR_BIT
- unusedLS
;
2135 if (accumSize
>= HOST_CHAR_BIT
)
2137 unpacked
[targ
] = accum
& ~(~0L << HOST_CHAR_BIT
);
2138 accumSize
-= HOST_CHAR_BIT
;
2139 accum
>>= HOST_CHAR_BIT
;
2143 srcBitsLeft
-= HOST_CHAR_BIT
- unusedLS
;
2150 accum
|= sign
<< accumSize
;
2151 unpacked
[targ
] = accum
& ~(~0L << HOST_CHAR_BIT
);
2152 accumSize
-= HOST_CHAR_BIT
;
2153 accum
>>= HOST_CHAR_BIT
;
2161 /* Move N bits from SOURCE, starting at bit offset SRC_OFFSET to
2162 TARGET, starting at bit offset TARG_OFFSET. SOURCE and TARGET must
2165 move_bits (gdb_byte
*target
, int targ_offset
, const gdb_byte
*source
,
2166 int src_offset
, int n
, int bits_big_endian_p
)
2168 unsigned int accum
, mask
;
2169 int accum_bits
, chunk_size
;
2171 target
+= targ_offset
/ HOST_CHAR_BIT
;
2172 targ_offset
%= HOST_CHAR_BIT
;
2173 source
+= src_offset
/ HOST_CHAR_BIT
;
2174 src_offset
%= HOST_CHAR_BIT
;
2175 if (bits_big_endian_p
)
2177 accum
= (unsigned char) *source
;
2179 accum_bits
= HOST_CHAR_BIT
- src_offset
;
2184 accum
= (accum
<< HOST_CHAR_BIT
) + (unsigned char) *source
;
2185 accum_bits
+= HOST_CHAR_BIT
;
2187 chunk_size
= HOST_CHAR_BIT
- targ_offset
;
2190 unused_right
= HOST_CHAR_BIT
- (chunk_size
+ targ_offset
);
2191 mask
= ((1 << chunk_size
) - 1) << unused_right
;
2194 | ((accum
>> (accum_bits
- chunk_size
- unused_right
)) & mask
);
2196 accum_bits
-= chunk_size
;
2203 accum
= (unsigned char) *source
>> src_offset
;
2205 accum_bits
= HOST_CHAR_BIT
- src_offset
;
2209 accum
= accum
+ ((unsigned char) *source
<< accum_bits
);
2210 accum_bits
+= HOST_CHAR_BIT
;
2212 chunk_size
= HOST_CHAR_BIT
- targ_offset
;
2215 mask
= ((1 << chunk_size
) - 1) << targ_offset
;
2216 *target
= (*target
& ~mask
) | ((accum
<< targ_offset
) & mask
);
2218 accum_bits
-= chunk_size
;
2219 accum
>>= chunk_size
;
2226 /* Store the contents of FROMVAL into the location of TOVAL.
2227 Return a new value with the location of TOVAL and contents of
2228 FROMVAL. Handles assignment into packed fields that have
2229 floating-point or non-scalar types. */
2231 static struct value
*
2232 ada_value_assign (struct value
*toval
, struct value
*fromval
)
2234 struct type
*type
= value_type (toval
);
2235 int bits
= value_bitsize (toval
);
2237 toval
= ada_coerce_ref (toval
);
2238 fromval
= ada_coerce_ref (fromval
);
2240 if (ada_is_direct_array_type (value_type (toval
)))
2241 toval
= ada_coerce_to_simple_array (toval
);
2242 if (ada_is_direct_array_type (value_type (fromval
)))
2243 fromval
= ada_coerce_to_simple_array (fromval
);
2245 if (!deprecated_value_modifiable (toval
))
2246 error (_("Left operand of assignment is not a modifiable lvalue."));
2248 if (VALUE_LVAL (toval
) == lval_memory
2250 && (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_FLT
2251 || TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
))
2253 int len
= (value_bitpos (toval
)
2254 + bits
+ HOST_CHAR_BIT
- 1) / HOST_CHAR_BIT
;
2256 char *buffer
= (char *) alloca (len
);
2258 CORE_ADDR to_addr
= value_address (toval
);
2260 if (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_FLT
)
2261 fromval
= value_cast (type
, fromval
);
2263 read_memory (to_addr
, buffer
, len
);
2264 from_size
= value_bitsize (fromval
);
2266 from_size
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (fromval
)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT
;
2267 if (gdbarch_bits_big_endian (get_type_arch (type
)))
2268 move_bits (buffer
, value_bitpos (toval
),
2269 value_contents (fromval
), from_size
- bits
, bits
, 1);
2271 move_bits (buffer
, value_bitpos (toval
),
2272 value_contents (fromval
), 0, bits
, 0);
2273 write_memory (to_addr
, buffer
, len
);
2274 observer_notify_memory_changed (to_addr
, len
, buffer
);
2276 val
= value_copy (toval
);
2277 memcpy (value_contents_raw (val
), value_contents (fromval
),
2278 TYPE_LENGTH (type
));
2279 deprecated_set_value_type (val
, type
);
2284 return value_assign (toval
, fromval
);
2288 /* Given that COMPONENT is a memory lvalue that is part of the lvalue
2289 * CONTAINER, assign the contents of VAL to COMPONENTS's place in
2290 * CONTAINER. Modifies the VALUE_CONTENTS of CONTAINER only, not
2291 * COMPONENT, and not the inferior's memory. The current contents
2292 * of COMPONENT are ignored. */
2294 value_assign_to_component (struct value
*container
, struct value
*component
,
2297 LONGEST offset_in_container
=
2298 (LONGEST
) (value_address (component
) - value_address (container
));
2299 int bit_offset_in_container
=
2300 value_bitpos (component
) - value_bitpos (container
);
2303 val
= value_cast (value_type (component
), val
);
2305 if (value_bitsize (component
) == 0)
2306 bits
= TARGET_CHAR_BIT
* TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (component
));
2308 bits
= value_bitsize (component
);
2310 if (gdbarch_bits_big_endian (get_type_arch (value_type (container
))))
2311 move_bits (value_contents_writeable (container
) + offset_in_container
,
2312 value_bitpos (container
) + bit_offset_in_container
,
2313 value_contents (val
),
2314 TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (component
)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT
- bits
,
2317 move_bits (value_contents_writeable (container
) + offset_in_container
,
2318 value_bitpos (container
) + bit_offset_in_container
,
2319 value_contents (val
), 0, bits
, 0);
2322 /* The value of the element of array ARR at the ARITY indices given in IND.
2323 ARR may be either a simple array, GNAT array descriptor, or pointer
2327 ada_value_subscript (struct value
*arr
, int arity
, struct value
**ind
)
2331 struct type
*elt_type
;
2333 elt
= ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arr
);
2335 elt_type
= ada_check_typedef (value_type (elt
));
2336 if (TYPE_CODE (elt_type
) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
2337 && TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (elt_type
, 0) > 0)
2338 return value_subscript_packed (elt
, arity
, ind
);
2340 for (k
= 0; k
< arity
; k
+= 1)
2342 if (TYPE_CODE (elt_type
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
)
2343 error (_("too many subscripts (%d expected)"), k
);
2344 elt
= value_subscript (elt
, pos_atr (ind
[k
]));
2349 /* Assuming ARR is a pointer to a standard GDB array of type TYPE, the
2350 value of the element of *ARR at the ARITY indices given in
2351 IND. Does not read the entire array into memory. */
2353 static struct value
*
2354 ada_value_ptr_subscript (struct value
*arr
, struct type
*type
, int arity
,
2359 for (k
= 0; k
< arity
; k
+= 1)
2363 if (TYPE_CODE (type
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
)
2364 error (_("too many subscripts (%d expected)"), k
);
2365 arr
= value_cast (lookup_pointer_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
)),
2367 get_discrete_bounds (TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type
), &lwb
, &upb
);
2368 arr
= value_ptradd (arr
, pos_atr (ind
[k
]) - lwb
);
2369 type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
);
2372 return value_ind (arr
);
2375 /* Given that ARRAY_PTR is a pointer or reference to an array of type TYPE (the
2376 actual type of ARRAY_PTR is ignored), returns the Ada slice of HIGH-LOW+1
2377 elements starting at index LOW. The lower bound of this array is LOW, as
2379 static struct value
*
2380 ada_value_slice_from_ptr (struct value
*array_ptr
, struct type
*type
,
2383 CORE_ADDR base
= value_as_address (array_ptr
)
2384 + ((low
- ada_discrete_type_low_bound (TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type
)))
2385 * TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
)));
2386 struct type
*index_type
=
2387 create_range_type (NULL
, TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type
)),
2389 struct type
*slice_type
=
2390 create_array_type (NULL
, TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
), index_type
);
2391 return value_at_lazy (slice_type
, base
);
2395 static struct value
*
2396 ada_value_slice (struct value
*array
, int low
, int high
)
2398 struct type
*type
= value_type (array
);
2399 struct type
*index_type
=
2400 create_range_type (NULL
, TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type
), low
, high
);
2401 struct type
*slice_type
=
2402 create_array_type (NULL
, TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
), index_type
);
2403 return value_cast (slice_type
, value_slice (array
, low
, high
- low
+ 1));
2406 /* If type is a record type in the form of a standard GNAT array
2407 descriptor, returns the number of dimensions for type. If arr is a
2408 simple array, returns the number of "array of"s that prefix its
2409 type designation. Otherwise, returns 0. */
2412 ada_array_arity (struct type
*type
)
2419 type
= desc_base_type (type
);
2422 if (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
)
2423 return desc_arity (desc_bounds_type (type
));
2425 while (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
)
2428 type
= ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
));
2434 /* If TYPE is a record type in the form of a standard GNAT array
2435 descriptor or a simple array type, returns the element type for
2436 TYPE after indexing by NINDICES indices, or by all indices if
2437 NINDICES is -1. Otherwise, returns NULL. */
2440 ada_array_element_type (struct type
*type
, int nindices
)
2442 type
= desc_base_type (type
);
2444 if (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
)
2447 struct type
*p_array_type
;
2449 p_array_type
= desc_data_target_type (type
);
2451 k
= ada_array_arity (type
);
2455 /* Initially p_array_type = elt_type(*)[]...(k times)...[]. */
2456 if (nindices
>= 0 && k
> nindices
)
2458 while (k
> 0 && p_array_type
!= NULL
)
2460 p_array_type
= ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (p_array_type
));
2463 return p_array_type
;
2465 else if (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
)
2467 while (nindices
!= 0 && TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
)
2469 type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
);
2478 /* The type of nth index in arrays of given type (n numbering from 1).
2479 Does not examine memory. Throws an error if N is invalid or TYPE
2480 is not an array type. NAME is the name of the Ada attribute being
2481 evaluated ('range, 'first, 'last, or 'length); it is used in building
2482 the error message. */
2484 static struct type
*
2485 ada_index_type (struct type
*type
, int n
, const char *name
)
2487 struct type
*result_type
;
2489 type
= desc_base_type (type
);
2491 if (n
< 0 || n
> ada_array_arity (type
))
2492 error (_("invalid dimension number to '%s"), name
);
2494 if (ada_is_simple_array_type (type
))
2498 for (i
= 1; i
< n
; i
+= 1)
2499 type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
);
2500 result_type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type
));
2501 /* FIXME: The stabs type r(0,0);bound;bound in an array type
2502 has a target type of TYPE_CODE_UNDEF. We compensate here, but
2503 perhaps stabsread.c would make more sense. */
2504 if (result_type
&& TYPE_CODE (result_type
) == TYPE_CODE_UNDEF
)
2509 result_type
= desc_index_type (desc_bounds_type (type
), n
);
2510 if (result_type
== NULL
)
2511 error (_("attempt to take bound of something that is not an array"));
2517 /* Given that arr is an array type, returns the lower bound of the
2518 Nth index (numbering from 1) if WHICH is 0, and the upper bound if
2519 WHICH is 1. This returns bounds 0 .. -1 if ARR_TYPE is an
2520 array-descriptor type. It works for other arrays with bounds supplied
2521 by run-time quantities other than discriminants. */
2524 ada_array_bound_from_type (struct type
* arr_type
, int n
, int which
)
2526 struct type
*type
, *elt_type
, *index_type_desc
, *index_type
;
2529 gdb_assert (which
== 0 || which
== 1);
2531 if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (arr_type
))
2532 arr_type
= decode_constrained_packed_array_type (arr_type
);
2534 if (arr_type
== NULL
|| !ada_is_simple_array_type (arr_type
))
2535 return (LONGEST
) - which
;
2537 if (TYPE_CODE (arr_type
) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
2538 type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (arr_type
);
2543 for (i
= n
; i
> 1; i
--)
2544 elt_type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
);
2546 index_type_desc
= ada_find_parallel_type (type
, "___XA");
2547 if (index_type_desc
!= NULL
)
2548 index_type
= to_fixed_range_type (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (index_type_desc
, n
- 1),
2549 NULL
, TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (elt_type
));
2551 index_type
= TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (elt_type
);
2554 (LONGEST
) (which
== 0
2555 ? ada_discrete_type_low_bound (index_type
)
2556 : ada_discrete_type_high_bound (index_type
));
2559 /* Given that arr is an array value, returns the lower bound of the
2560 nth index (numbering from 1) if WHICH is 0, and the upper bound if
2561 WHICH is 1. This routine will also work for arrays with bounds
2562 supplied by run-time quantities other than discriminants. */
2565 ada_array_bound (struct value
*arr
, int n
, int which
)
2567 struct type
*arr_type
= value_type (arr
);
2569 if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (arr_type
))
2570 return ada_array_bound (decode_constrained_packed_array (arr
), n
, which
);
2571 else if (ada_is_simple_array_type (arr_type
))
2572 return ada_array_bound_from_type (arr_type
, n
, which
);
2574 return value_as_long (desc_one_bound (desc_bounds (arr
), n
, which
));
2577 /* Given that arr is an array value, returns the length of the
2578 nth index. This routine will also work for arrays with bounds
2579 supplied by run-time quantities other than discriminants.
2580 Does not work for arrays indexed by enumeration types with representation
2581 clauses at the moment. */
2584 ada_array_length (struct value
*arr
, int n
)
2586 struct type
*arr_type
= ada_check_typedef (value_type (arr
));
2588 if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (arr_type
))
2589 return ada_array_length (decode_constrained_packed_array (arr
), n
);
2591 if (ada_is_simple_array_type (arr_type
))
2592 return (ada_array_bound_from_type (arr_type
, n
, 1)
2593 - ada_array_bound_from_type (arr_type
, n
, 0) + 1);
2595 return (value_as_long (desc_one_bound (desc_bounds (arr
), n
, 1))
2596 - value_as_long (desc_one_bound (desc_bounds (arr
), n
, 0)) + 1);
2599 /* An empty array whose type is that of ARR_TYPE (an array type),
2600 with bounds LOW to LOW-1. */
2602 static struct value
*
2603 empty_array (struct type
*arr_type
, int low
)
2605 struct type
*index_type
=
2606 create_range_type (NULL
, TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (arr_type
)),
2608 struct type
*elt_type
= ada_array_element_type (arr_type
, 1);
2609 return allocate_value (create_array_type (NULL
, elt_type
, index_type
));
2613 /* Name resolution */
2615 /* The "decoded" name for the user-definable Ada operator corresponding
2619 ada_decoded_op_name (enum exp_opcode op
)
2623 for (i
= 0; ada_opname_table
[i
].encoded
!= NULL
; i
+= 1)
2625 if (ada_opname_table
[i
].op
== op
)
2626 return ada_opname_table
[i
].decoded
;
2628 error (_("Could not find operator name for opcode"));
2632 /* Same as evaluate_type (*EXP), but resolves ambiguous symbol
2633 references (marked by OP_VAR_VALUE nodes in which the symbol has an
2634 undefined namespace) and converts operators that are
2635 user-defined into appropriate function calls. If CONTEXT_TYPE is
2636 non-null, it provides a preferred result type [at the moment, only
2637 type void has any effect---causing procedures to be preferred over
2638 functions in calls]. A null CONTEXT_TYPE indicates that a non-void
2639 return type is preferred. May change (expand) *EXP. */
2642 resolve (struct expression
**expp
, int void_context_p
)
2644 struct type
*context_type
= NULL
;
2648 context_type
= builtin_type ((*expp
)->gdbarch
)->builtin_void
;
2650 resolve_subexp (expp
, &pc
, 1, context_type
);
2653 /* Resolve the operator of the subexpression beginning at
2654 position *POS of *EXPP. "Resolving" consists of replacing
2655 the symbols that have undefined namespaces in OP_VAR_VALUE nodes
2656 with their resolutions, replacing built-in operators with
2657 function calls to user-defined operators, where appropriate, and,
2658 when DEPROCEDURE_P is non-zero, converting function-valued variables
2659 into parameterless calls. May expand *EXPP. The CONTEXT_TYPE functions
2660 are as in ada_resolve, above. */
2662 static struct value
*
2663 resolve_subexp (struct expression
**expp
, int *pos
, int deprocedure_p
,
2664 struct type
*context_type
)
2668 struct expression
*exp
; /* Convenience: == *expp. */
2669 enum exp_opcode op
= (*expp
)->elts
[pc
].opcode
;
2670 struct value
**argvec
; /* Vector of operand types (alloca'ed). */
2671 int nargs
; /* Number of operands. */
2678 /* Pass one: resolve operands, saving their types and updating *pos,
2683 if (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 3].opcode
== OP_VAR_VALUE
2684 && SYMBOL_DOMAIN (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 5].symbol
) == UNDEF_DOMAIN
)
2689 resolve_subexp (expp
, pos
, 0, NULL
);
2691 nargs
= longest_to_int (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].longconst
);
2696 resolve_subexp (expp
, pos
, 0, NULL
);
2701 resolve_subexp (expp
, pos
, 1, check_typedef (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].type
));
2704 case OP_ATR_MODULUS
:
2714 case TERNOP_IN_RANGE
:
2715 case BINOP_IN_BOUNDS
:
2721 case OP_DISCRETE_RANGE
:
2723 ada_forward_operator_length (exp
, pc
, &oplen
, &nargs
);
2732 arg1
= resolve_subexp (expp
, pos
, 0, NULL
);
2734 resolve_subexp (expp
, pos
, 1, NULL
);
2736 resolve_subexp (expp
, pos
, 1, value_type (arg1
));
2753 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
2754 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
2755 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
2756 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
2757 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
2760 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
2767 case BINOP_SUBSCRIPT
:
2775 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
2791 case OP_INTERNALVAR
:
2801 *pos
+= 4 + BYTES_TO_EXP_ELEM (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].longconst
+ 1);
2804 case STRUCTOP_STRUCT
:
2805 *pos
+= 4 + BYTES_TO_EXP_ELEM (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].longconst
+ 1);
2818 error (_("Unexpected operator during name resolution"));
2821 argvec
= (struct value
* *) alloca (sizeof (struct value
*) * (nargs
+ 1));
2822 for (i
= 0; i
< nargs
; i
+= 1)
2823 argvec
[i
] = resolve_subexp (expp
, pos
, 1, NULL
);
2827 /* Pass two: perform any resolution on principal operator. */
2834 if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].symbol
) == UNDEF_DOMAIN
)
2836 struct ada_symbol_info
*candidates
;
2840 ada_lookup_symbol_list (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME
2841 (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].symbol
),
2842 exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].block
, VAR_DOMAIN
,
2845 if (n_candidates
> 1)
2847 /* Types tend to get re-introduced locally, so if there
2848 are any local symbols that are not types, first filter
2851 for (j
= 0; j
< n_candidates
; j
+= 1)
2852 switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (candidates
[j
].sym
))
2857 case LOC_REGPARM_ADDR
:
2865 if (j
< n_candidates
)
2868 while (j
< n_candidates
)
2870 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (candidates
[j
].sym
) == LOC_TYPEDEF
)
2872 candidates
[j
] = candidates
[n_candidates
- 1];
2881 if (n_candidates
== 0)
2882 error (_("No definition found for %s"),
2883 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].symbol
));
2884 else if (n_candidates
== 1)
2886 else if (deprocedure_p
2887 && !is_nonfunction (candidates
, n_candidates
))
2889 i
= ada_resolve_function
2890 (candidates
, n_candidates
, NULL
, 0,
2891 SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].symbol
),
2894 error (_("Could not find a match for %s"),
2895 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].symbol
));
2899 printf_filtered (_("Multiple matches for %s\n"),
2900 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].symbol
));
2901 user_select_syms (candidates
, n_candidates
, 1);
2905 exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].block
= candidates
[i
].block
;
2906 exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].symbol
= candidates
[i
].sym
;
2907 if (innermost_block
== NULL
2908 || contained_in (candidates
[i
].block
, innermost_block
))
2909 innermost_block
= candidates
[i
].block
;
2913 && (TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].symbol
))
2916 replace_operator_with_call (expp
, pc
, 0, 0,
2917 exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].symbol
,
2918 exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].block
);
2925 if (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 3].opcode
== OP_VAR_VALUE
2926 && SYMBOL_DOMAIN (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 5].symbol
) == UNDEF_DOMAIN
)
2928 struct ada_symbol_info
*candidates
;
2932 ada_lookup_symbol_list (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME
2933 (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 5].symbol
),
2934 exp
->elts
[pc
+ 4].block
, VAR_DOMAIN
,
2936 if (n_candidates
== 1)
2940 i
= ada_resolve_function
2941 (candidates
, n_candidates
,
2943 SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 5].symbol
),
2946 error (_("Could not find a match for %s"),
2947 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 5].symbol
));
2950 exp
->elts
[pc
+ 4].block
= candidates
[i
].block
;
2951 exp
->elts
[pc
+ 5].symbol
= candidates
[i
].sym
;
2952 if (innermost_block
== NULL
2953 || contained_in (candidates
[i
].block
, innermost_block
))
2954 innermost_block
= candidates
[i
].block
;
2965 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
2966 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
2967 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
2969 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
2977 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
2979 if (possible_user_operator_p (op
, argvec
))
2981 struct ada_symbol_info
*candidates
;
2985 ada_lookup_symbol_list (ada_encode (ada_decoded_op_name (op
)),
2986 (struct block
*) NULL
, VAR_DOMAIN
,
2988 i
= ada_resolve_function (candidates
, n_candidates
, argvec
, nargs
,
2989 ada_decoded_op_name (op
), NULL
);
2993 replace_operator_with_call (expp
, pc
, nargs
, 1,
2994 candidates
[i
].sym
, candidates
[i
].block
);
3005 return evaluate_subexp_type (exp
, pos
);
3008 /* Return non-zero if formal type FTYPE matches actual type ATYPE. If
3009 MAY_DEREF is non-zero, the formal may be a pointer and the actual
3011 /* The term "match" here is rather loose. The match is heuristic and
3015 ada_type_match (struct type
*ftype
, struct type
*atype
, int may_deref
)
3017 ftype
= ada_check_typedef (ftype
);
3018 atype
= ada_check_typedef (atype
);
3020 if (TYPE_CODE (ftype
) == TYPE_CODE_REF
)
3021 ftype
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (ftype
);
3022 if (TYPE_CODE (atype
) == TYPE_CODE_REF
)
3023 atype
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (atype
);
3025 switch (TYPE_CODE (ftype
))
3028 return TYPE_CODE (ftype
) == TYPE_CODE (atype
);
3030 if (TYPE_CODE (atype
) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
3031 return ada_type_match (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (ftype
),
3032 TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (atype
), 0);
3035 && ada_type_match (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (ftype
), atype
, 0));
3037 case TYPE_CODE_ENUM
:
3038 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE
:
3039 switch (TYPE_CODE (atype
))
3042 case TYPE_CODE_ENUM
:
3043 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE
:
3049 case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
:
3050 return (TYPE_CODE (atype
) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
3051 || ada_is_array_descriptor_type (atype
));
3053 case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
:
3054 if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (ftype
))
3055 return (TYPE_CODE (atype
) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
3056 || ada_is_array_descriptor_type (atype
));
3058 return (TYPE_CODE (atype
) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
3059 && !ada_is_array_descriptor_type (atype
));
3061 case TYPE_CODE_UNION
:
3063 return (TYPE_CODE (atype
) == TYPE_CODE (ftype
));
3067 /* Return non-zero if the formals of FUNC "sufficiently match" the
3068 vector of actual argument types ACTUALS of size N_ACTUALS. FUNC
3069 may also be an enumeral, in which case it is treated as a 0-
3070 argument function. */
3073 ada_args_match (struct symbol
*func
, struct value
**actuals
, int n_actuals
)
3076 struct type
*func_type
= SYMBOL_TYPE (func
);
3078 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (func
) == LOC_CONST
3079 && TYPE_CODE (func_type
) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM
)
3080 return (n_actuals
== 0);
3081 else if (func_type
== NULL
|| TYPE_CODE (func_type
) != TYPE_CODE_FUNC
)
3084 if (TYPE_NFIELDS (func_type
) != n_actuals
)
3087 for (i
= 0; i
< n_actuals
; i
+= 1)
3089 if (actuals
[i
] == NULL
)
3093 struct type
*ftype
= ada_check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (func_type
, i
));
3094 struct type
*atype
= ada_check_typedef (value_type (actuals
[i
]));
3096 if (!ada_type_match (ftype
, atype
, 1))
3103 /* False iff function type FUNC_TYPE definitely does not produce a value
3104 compatible with type CONTEXT_TYPE. Conservatively returns 1 if
3105 FUNC_TYPE is not a valid function type with a non-null return type
3106 or an enumerated type. A null CONTEXT_TYPE indicates any non-void type. */
3109 return_match (struct type
*func_type
, struct type
*context_type
)
3111 struct type
*return_type
;
3113 if (func_type
== NULL
)
3116 if (TYPE_CODE (func_type
) == TYPE_CODE_FUNC
)
3117 return_type
= base_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (func_type
));
3119 return_type
= base_type (func_type
);
3120 if (return_type
== NULL
)
3123 context_type
= base_type (context_type
);
3125 if (TYPE_CODE (return_type
) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM
)
3126 return context_type
== NULL
|| return_type
== context_type
;
3127 else if (context_type
== NULL
)
3128 return TYPE_CODE (return_type
) != TYPE_CODE_VOID
;
3130 return TYPE_CODE (return_type
) == TYPE_CODE (context_type
);
3134 /* Returns the index in SYMS[0..NSYMS-1] that contains the symbol for the
3135 function (if any) that matches the types of the NARGS arguments in
3136 ARGS. If CONTEXT_TYPE is non-null and there is at least one match
3137 that returns that type, then eliminate matches that don't. If
3138 CONTEXT_TYPE is void and there is at least one match that does not
3139 return void, eliminate all matches that do.
3141 Asks the user if there is more than one match remaining. Returns -1
3142 if there is no such symbol or none is selected. NAME is used
3143 solely for messages. May re-arrange and modify SYMS in
3144 the process; the index returned is for the modified vector. */
3147 ada_resolve_function (struct ada_symbol_info syms
[],
3148 int nsyms
, struct value
**args
, int nargs
,
3149 const char *name
, struct type
*context_type
)
3153 int m
; /* Number of hits */
3156 /* In the first pass of the loop, we only accept functions matching
3157 context_type. If none are found, we add a second pass of the loop
3158 where every function is accepted. */
3159 for (fallback
= 0; m
== 0 && fallback
< 2; fallback
++)
3161 for (k
= 0; k
< nsyms
; k
+= 1)
3163 struct type
*type
= ada_check_typedef (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms
[k
].sym
));
3165 if (ada_args_match (syms
[k
].sym
, args
, nargs
)
3166 && (fallback
|| return_match (type
, context_type
)))
3178 printf_filtered (_("Multiple matches for %s\n"), name
);
3179 user_select_syms (syms
, m
, 1);
3185 /* Returns true (non-zero) iff decoded name N0 should appear before N1
3186 in a listing of choices during disambiguation (see sort_choices, below).
3187 The idea is that overloadings of a subprogram name from the
3188 same package should sort in their source order. We settle for ordering
3189 such symbols by their trailing number (__N or $N). */
3192 encoded_ordered_before (char *N0
, char *N1
)
3196 else if (N0
== NULL
)
3201 for (k0
= strlen (N0
) - 1; k0
> 0 && isdigit (N0
[k0
]); k0
-= 1)
3203 for (k1
= strlen (N1
) - 1; k1
> 0 && isdigit (N1
[k1
]); k1
-= 1)
3205 if ((N0
[k0
] == '_' || N0
[k0
] == '$') && N0
[k0
+ 1] != '\000'
3206 && (N1
[k1
] == '_' || N1
[k1
] == '$') && N1
[k1
+ 1] != '\000')
3210 while (N0
[n0
] == '_' && n0
> 0 && N0
[n0
- 1] == '_')
3213 while (N1
[n1
] == '_' && n1
> 0 && N1
[n1
- 1] == '_')
3215 if (n0
== n1
&& strncmp (N0
, N1
, n0
) == 0)
3216 return (atoi (N0
+ k0
+ 1) < atoi (N1
+ k1
+ 1));
3218 return (strcmp (N0
, N1
) < 0);
3222 /* Sort SYMS[0..NSYMS-1] to put the choices in a canonical order by the
3226 sort_choices (struct ada_symbol_info syms
[], int nsyms
)
3229 for (i
= 1; i
< nsyms
; i
+= 1)
3231 struct ada_symbol_info sym
= syms
[i
];
3234 for (j
= i
- 1; j
>= 0; j
-= 1)
3236 if (encoded_ordered_before (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (syms
[j
].sym
),
3237 SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym
.sym
)))
3239 syms
[j
+ 1] = syms
[j
];
3245 /* Given a list of NSYMS symbols in SYMS, select up to MAX_RESULTS>0
3246 by asking the user (if necessary), returning the number selected,
3247 and setting the first elements of SYMS items. Error if no symbols
3250 /* NOTE: Adapted from decode_line_2 in symtab.c, with which it ought
3251 to be re-integrated one of these days. */
3254 user_select_syms (struct ada_symbol_info
*syms
, int nsyms
, int max_results
)
3257 int *chosen
= (int *) alloca (sizeof (int) * nsyms
);
3259 int first_choice
= (max_results
== 1) ? 1 : 2;
3260 const char *select_mode
= multiple_symbols_select_mode ();
3262 if (max_results
< 1)
3263 error (_("Request to select 0 symbols!"));
3267 if (select_mode
== multiple_symbols_cancel
)
3269 canceled because the command is ambiguous\n\
3270 See set/show multiple-symbol."));
3272 /* If select_mode is "all", then return all possible symbols.
3273 Only do that if more than one symbol can be selected, of course.
3274 Otherwise, display the menu as usual. */
3275 if (select_mode
== multiple_symbols_all
&& max_results
> 1)
3278 printf_unfiltered (_("[0] cancel\n"));
3279 if (max_results
> 1)
3280 printf_unfiltered (_("[1] all\n"));
3282 sort_choices (syms
, nsyms
);
3284 for (i
= 0; i
< nsyms
; i
+= 1)
3286 if (syms
[i
].sym
== NULL
)
3289 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (syms
[i
].sym
) == LOC_BLOCK
)
3291 struct symtab_and_line sal
=
3292 find_function_start_sal (syms
[i
].sym
, 1);
3293 if (sal
.symtab
== NULL
)
3294 printf_unfiltered (_("[%d] %s at <no source file available>:%d\n"),
3296 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (syms
[i
].sym
),
3299 printf_unfiltered (_("[%d] %s at %s:%d\n"), i
+ first_choice
,
3300 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (syms
[i
].sym
),
3301 sal
.symtab
->filename
, sal
.line
);
3307 (SYMBOL_CLASS (syms
[i
].sym
) == LOC_CONST
3308 && SYMBOL_TYPE (syms
[i
].sym
) != NULL
3309 && TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms
[i
].sym
)) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM
);
3310 struct symtab
*symtab
= syms
[i
].sym
->symtab
;
3312 if (SYMBOL_LINE (syms
[i
].sym
) != 0 && symtab
!= NULL
)
3313 printf_unfiltered (_("[%d] %s at %s:%d\n"),
3315 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (syms
[i
].sym
),
3316 symtab
->filename
, SYMBOL_LINE (syms
[i
].sym
));
3317 else if (is_enumeral
3318 && TYPE_NAME (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms
[i
].sym
)) != NULL
)
3320 printf_unfiltered (("[%d] "), i
+ first_choice
);
3321 ada_print_type (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms
[i
].sym
), NULL
,
3323 printf_unfiltered (_("'(%s) (enumeral)\n"),
3324 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (syms
[i
].sym
));
3326 else if (symtab
!= NULL
)
3327 printf_unfiltered (is_enumeral
3328 ? _("[%d] %s in %s (enumeral)\n")
3329 : _("[%d] %s at %s:?\n"),
3331 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (syms
[i
].sym
),
3334 printf_unfiltered (is_enumeral
3335 ? _("[%d] %s (enumeral)\n")
3336 : _("[%d] %s at ?\n"),
3338 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (syms
[i
].sym
));
3342 n_chosen
= get_selections (chosen
, nsyms
, max_results
, max_results
> 1,
3345 for (i
= 0; i
< n_chosen
; i
+= 1)
3346 syms
[i
] = syms
[chosen
[i
]];
3351 /* Read and validate a set of numeric choices from the user in the
3352 range 0 .. N_CHOICES-1. Place the results in increasing
3353 order in CHOICES[0 .. N-1], and return N.
3355 The user types choices as a sequence of numbers on one line
3356 separated by blanks, encoding them as follows:
3358 + A choice of 0 means to cancel the selection, throwing an error.
3359 + If IS_ALL_CHOICE, a choice of 1 selects the entire set 0 .. N_CHOICES-1.
3360 + The user chooses k by typing k+IS_ALL_CHOICE+1.
3362 The user is not allowed to choose more than MAX_RESULTS values.
3364 ANNOTATION_SUFFIX, if present, is used to annotate the input
3365 prompts (for use with the -f switch). */
3368 get_selections (int *choices
, int n_choices
, int max_results
,
3369 int is_all_choice
, char *annotation_suffix
)
3374 int first_choice
= is_all_choice
? 2 : 1;
3376 prompt
= getenv ("PS2");
3380 args
= command_line_input (prompt
, 0, annotation_suffix
);
3383 error_no_arg (_("one or more choice numbers"));
3387 /* Set choices[0 .. n_chosen-1] to the users' choices in ascending
3388 order, as given in args. Choices are validated. */
3394 while (isspace (*args
))
3396 if (*args
== '\0' && n_chosen
== 0)
3397 error_no_arg (_("one or more choice numbers"));
3398 else if (*args
== '\0')
3401 choice
= strtol (args
, &args2
, 10);
3402 if (args
== args2
|| choice
< 0
3403 || choice
> n_choices
+ first_choice
- 1)
3404 error (_("Argument must be choice number"));
3408 error (_("cancelled"));
3410 if (choice
< first_choice
)
3412 n_chosen
= n_choices
;
3413 for (j
= 0; j
< n_choices
; j
+= 1)
3417 choice
-= first_choice
;
3419 for (j
= n_chosen
- 1; j
>= 0 && choice
< choices
[j
]; j
-= 1)
3423 if (j
< 0 || choice
!= choices
[j
])
3426 for (k
= n_chosen
- 1; k
> j
; k
-= 1)
3427 choices
[k
+ 1] = choices
[k
];
3428 choices
[j
+ 1] = choice
;
3433 if (n_chosen
> max_results
)
3434 error (_("Select no more than %d of the above"), max_results
);
3439 /* Replace the operator of length OPLEN at position PC in *EXPP with a call
3440 on the function identified by SYM and BLOCK, and taking NARGS
3441 arguments. Update *EXPP as needed to hold more space. */
3444 replace_operator_with_call (struct expression
**expp
, int pc
, int nargs
,
3445 int oplen
, struct symbol
*sym
,
3446 struct block
*block
)
3448 /* A new expression, with 6 more elements (3 for funcall, 4 for function
3449 symbol, -oplen for operator being replaced). */
3450 struct expression
*newexp
= (struct expression
*)
3451 xmalloc (sizeof (struct expression
)
3452 + EXP_ELEM_TO_BYTES ((*expp
)->nelts
+ 7 - oplen
));
3453 struct expression
*exp
= *expp
;
3455 newexp
->nelts
= exp
->nelts
+ 7 - oplen
;
3456 newexp
->language_defn
= exp
->language_defn
;
3457 memcpy (newexp
->elts
, exp
->elts
, EXP_ELEM_TO_BYTES (pc
));
3458 memcpy (newexp
->elts
+ pc
+ 7, exp
->elts
+ pc
+ oplen
,
3459 EXP_ELEM_TO_BYTES (exp
->nelts
- pc
- oplen
));
3461 newexp
->elts
[pc
].opcode
= newexp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].opcode
= OP_FUNCALL
;
3462 newexp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].longconst
= (LONGEST
) nargs
;
3464 newexp
->elts
[pc
+ 3].opcode
= newexp
->elts
[pc
+ 6].opcode
= OP_VAR_VALUE
;
3465 newexp
->elts
[pc
+ 4].block
= block
;
3466 newexp
->elts
[pc
+ 5].symbol
= sym
;
3472 /* Type-class predicates */
3474 /* True iff TYPE is numeric (i.e., an INT, RANGE (of numeric type),
3478 numeric_type_p (struct type
*type
)
3484 switch (TYPE_CODE (type
))
3489 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE
:
3490 return (type
== TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
)
3491 || numeric_type_p (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
)));
3498 /* True iff TYPE is integral (an INT or RANGE of INTs). */
3501 integer_type_p (struct type
*type
)
3507 switch (TYPE_CODE (type
))
3511 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE
:
3512 return (type
== TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
)
3513 || integer_type_p (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
)));
3520 /* True iff TYPE is scalar (INT, RANGE, FLOAT, ENUM). */
3523 scalar_type_p (struct type
*type
)
3529 switch (TYPE_CODE (type
))
3532 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE
:
3533 case TYPE_CODE_ENUM
:
3542 /* True iff TYPE is discrete (INT, RANGE, ENUM). */
3545 discrete_type_p (struct type
*type
)
3551 switch (TYPE_CODE (type
))
3554 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE
:
3555 case TYPE_CODE_ENUM
:
3556 case TYPE_CODE_BOOL
:
3564 /* Returns non-zero if OP with operands in the vector ARGS could be
3565 a user-defined function. Errs on the side of pre-defined operators
3566 (i.e., result 0). */
3569 possible_user_operator_p (enum exp_opcode op
, struct value
*args
[])
3571 struct type
*type0
=
3572 (args
[0] == NULL
) ? NULL
: ada_check_typedef (value_type (args
[0]));
3573 struct type
*type1
=
3574 (args
[1] == NULL
) ? NULL
: ada_check_typedef (value_type (args
[1]));
3588 return (!(numeric_type_p (type0
) && numeric_type_p (type1
)));
3592 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
3593 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
3594 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
3595 return (!(integer_type_p (type0
) && integer_type_p (type1
)));
3598 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
3603 return (!(scalar_type_p (type0
) && scalar_type_p (type1
)));
3606 return !ada_is_array_type (type0
) || !ada_is_array_type (type1
);
3609 return (!(numeric_type_p (type0
) && integer_type_p (type1
)));
3613 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
3615 return (!numeric_type_p (type0
));
3624 1. In the following, we assume that a renaming type's name may
3625 have an ___XD suffix. It would be nice if this went away at some
3627 2. We handle both the (old) purely type-based representation of
3628 renamings and the (new) variable-based encoding. At some point,
3629 it is devoutly to be hoped that the former goes away
3630 (FIXME: hilfinger-2007-07-09).
3631 3. Subprogram renamings are not implemented, although the XRS
3632 suffix is recognized (FIXME: hilfinger-2007-07-09). */
3634 /* If SYM encodes a renaming,
3636 <renaming> renames <renamed entity>,
3638 sets *LEN to the length of the renamed entity's name,
3639 *RENAMED_ENTITY to that name (not null-terminated), and *RENAMING_EXPR to
3640 the string describing the subcomponent selected from the renamed
3641 entity. Returns ADA_NOT_RENAMING if SYM does not encode a renaming
3642 (in which case, the values of *RENAMED_ENTITY, *LEN, and *RENAMING_EXPR
3643 are undefined). Otherwise, returns a value indicating the category
3644 of entity renamed: an object (ADA_OBJECT_RENAMING), exception
3645 (ADA_EXCEPTION_RENAMING), package (ADA_PACKAGE_RENAMING), or
3646 subprogram (ADA_SUBPROGRAM_RENAMING). Does no allocation; the
3647 strings returned in *RENAMED_ENTITY and *RENAMING_EXPR should not be
3648 deallocated. The values of RENAMED_ENTITY, LEN, or RENAMING_EXPR
3649 may be NULL, in which case they are not assigned.
3651 [Currently, however, GCC does not generate subprogram renamings.] */
3653 enum ada_renaming_category
3654 ada_parse_renaming (struct symbol
*sym
,
3655 const char **renamed_entity
, int *len
,
3656 const char **renaming_expr
)
3658 enum ada_renaming_category kind
;
3663 return ADA_NOT_RENAMING
;
3664 switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym
))
3667 return ADA_NOT_RENAMING
;
3669 return parse_old_style_renaming (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym
),
3670 renamed_entity
, len
, renaming_expr
);
3674 case LOC_OPTIMIZED_OUT
:
3675 info
= strstr (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym
), "___XR");
3677 return ADA_NOT_RENAMING
;
3681 kind
= ADA_OBJECT_RENAMING
;
3685 kind
= ADA_EXCEPTION_RENAMING
;
3689 kind
= ADA_PACKAGE_RENAMING
;
3693 kind
= ADA_SUBPROGRAM_RENAMING
;
3697 return ADA_NOT_RENAMING
;
3701 if (renamed_entity
!= NULL
)
3702 *renamed_entity
= info
;
3703 suffix
= strstr (info
, "___XE");
3704 if (suffix
== NULL
|| suffix
== info
)
3705 return ADA_NOT_RENAMING
;
3707 *len
= strlen (info
) - strlen (suffix
);
3709 if (renaming_expr
!= NULL
)
3710 *renaming_expr
= suffix
;
3714 /* Assuming TYPE encodes a renaming according to the old encoding in
3715 exp_dbug.ads, returns details of that renaming in *RENAMED_ENTITY,
3716 *LEN, and *RENAMING_EXPR, as for ada_parse_renaming, above. Returns
3717 ADA_NOT_RENAMING otherwise. */
3718 static enum ada_renaming_category
3719 parse_old_style_renaming (struct type
*type
,
3720 const char **renamed_entity
, int *len
,
3721 const char **renaming_expr
)
3723 enum ada_renaming_category kind
;
3728 if (type
== NULL
|| TYPE_CODE (type
) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM
3729 || TYPE_NFIELDS (type
) != 1)
3730 return ADA_NOT_RENAMING
;
3732 name
= type_name_no_tag (type
);
3734 return ADA_NOT_RENAMING
;
3736 name
= strstr (name
, "___XR");
3738 return ADA_NOT_RENAMING
;
3743 kind
= ADA_OBJECT_RENAMING
;
3746 kind
= ADA_EXCEPTION_RENAMING
;
3749 kind
= ADA_PACKAGE_RENAMING
;
3752 kind
= ADA_SUBPROGRAM_RENAMING
;
3755 return ADA_NOT_RENAMING
;
3758 info
= TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type
, 0);
3760 return ADA_NOT_RENAMING
;
3761 if (renamed_entity
!= NULL
)
3762 *renamed_entity
= info
;
3763 suffix
= strstr (info
, "___XE");
3764 if (renaming_expr
!= NULL
)
3765 *renaming_expr
= suffix
+ 5;
3766 if (suffix
== NULL
|| suffix
== info
)
3767 return ADA_NOT_RENAMING
;
3769 *len
= suffix
- info
;
3775 /* Evaluation: Function Calls */
3777 /* Return an lvalue containing the value VAL. This is the identity on
3778 lvalues, and otherwise has the side-effect of pushing a copy of VAL
3779 on the stack, using and updating *SP as the stack pointer, and
3780 returning an lvalue whose value_address points to the copy. */
3782 static struct value
*
3783 ensure_lval (struct value
*val
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR
*sp
)
3785 if (! VALUE_LVAL (val
))
3787 int len
= TYPE_LENGTH (ada_check_typedef (value_type (val
)));
3789 /* The following is taken from the structure-return code in
3790 call_function_by_hand. FIXME: Therefore, some refactoring seems
3792 if (gdbarch_inner_than (gdbarch
, 1, 2))
3794 /* Stack grows downward. Align SP and value_address (val) after
3795 reserving sufficient space. */
3797 if (gdbarch_frame_align_p (gdbarch
))
3798 *sp
= gdbarch_frame_align (gdbarch
, *sp
);
3799 set_value_address (val
, *sp
);
3803 /* Stack grows upward. Align the frame, allocate space, and
3804 then again, re-align the frame. */
3805 if (gdbarch_frame_align_p (gdbarch
))
3806 *sp
= gdbarch_frame_align (gdbarch
, *sp
);
3807 set_value_address (val
, *sp
);
3809 if (gdbarch_frame_align_p (gdbarch
))
3810 *sp
= gdbarch_frame_align (gdbarch
, *sp
);
3812 VALUE_LVAL (val
) = lval_memory
;
3814 write_memory (value_address (val
), value_contents_raw (val
), len
);
3820 /* Return the value ACTUAL, converted to be an appropriate value for a
3821 formal of type FORMAL_TYPE. Use *SP as a stack pointer for
3822 allocating any necessary descriptors (fat pointers), or copies of
3823 values not residing in memory, updating it as needed. */
3826 ada_convert_actual (struct value
*actual
, struct type
*formal_type0
,
3827 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR
*sp
)
3829 struct type
*actual_type
= ada_check_typedef (value_type (actual
));
3830 struct type
*formal_type
= ada_check_typedef (formal_type0
);
3831 struct type
*formal_target
=
3832 TYPE_CODE (formal_type
) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
3833 ? ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (formal_type
)) : formal_type
;
3834 struct type
*actual_target
=
3835 TYPE_CODE (actual_type
) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
3836 ? ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (actual_type
)) : actual_type
;
3838 if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (formal_target
)
3839 && TYPE_CODE (actual_target
) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
)
3840 return make_array_descriptor (formal_type
, actual
, gdbarch
, sp
);
3841 else if (TYPE_CODE (formal_type
) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
3842 || TYPE_CODE (formal_type
) == TYPE_CODE_REF
)
3844 struct value
*result
;
3845 if (TYPE_CODE (formal_target
) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
3846 && ada_is_array_descriptor_type (actual_target
))
3847 result
= desc_data (actual
);
3848 else if (TYPE_CODE (actual_type
) != TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
3850 if (VALUE_LVAL (actual
) != lval_memory
)
3853 actual_type
= ada_check_typedef (value_type (actual
));
3854 val
= allocate_value (actual_type
);
3855 memcpy ((char *) value_contents_raw (val
),
3856 (char *) value_contents (actual
),
3857 TYPE_LENGTH (actual_type
));
3858 actual
= ensure_lval (val
, gdbarch
, sp
);
3860 result
= value_addr (actual
);
3864 return value_cast_pointers (formal_type
, result
);
3866 else if (TYPE_CODE (actual_type
) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
3867 return ada_value_ind (actual
);
3873 /* Push a descriptor of type TYPE for array value ARR on the stack at
3874 *SP, updating *SP to reflect the new descriptor. Return either
3875 an lvalue representing the new descriptor, or (if TYPE is a pointer-
3876 to-descriptor type rather than a descriptor type), a struct value *
3877 representing a pointer to this descriptor. */
3879 static struct value
*
3880 make_array_descriptor (struct type
*type
, struct value
*arr
,
3881 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR
*sp
)
3883 struct type
*bounds_type
= desc_bounds_type (type
);
3884 struct type
*desc_type
= desc_base_type (type
);
3885 struct value
*descriptor
= allocate_value (desc_type
);
3886 struct value
*bounds
= allocate_value (bounds_type
);
3889 for (i
= ada_array_arity (ada_check_typedef (value_type (arr
))); i
> 0; i
-= 1)
3891 modify_general_field (value_type (bounds
),
3892 value_contents_writeable (bounds
),
3893 ada_array_bound (arr
, i
, 0),
3894 desc_bound_bitpos (bounds_type
, i
, 0),
3895 desc_bound_bitsize (bounds_type
, i
, 0));
3896 modify_general_field (value_type (bounds
),
3897 value_contents_writeable (bounds
),
3898 ada_array_bound (arr
, i
, 1),
3899 desc_bound_bitpos (bounds_type
, i
, 1),
3900 desc_bound_bitsize (bounds_type
, i
, 1));
3903 bounds
= ensure_lval (bounds
, gdbarch
, sp
);
3905 modify_general_field (value_type (descriptor
),
3906 value_contents_writeable (descriptor
),
3907 value_address (ensure_lval (arr
, gdbarch
, sp
)),
3908 fat_pntr_data_bitpos (desc_type
),
3909 fat_pntr_data_bitsize (desc_type
));
3911 modify_general_field (value_type (descriptor
),
3912 value_contents_writeable (descriptor
),
3913 value_address (bounds
),
3914 fat_pntr_bounds_bitpos (desc_type
),
3915 fat_pntr_bounds_bitsize (desc_type
));
3917 descriptor
= ensure_lval (descriptor
, gdbarch
, sp
);
3919 if (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
3920 return value_addr (descriptor
);
3925 /* Dummy definitions for an experimental caching module that is not
3926 * used in the public sources. */
3929 lookup_cached_symbol (const char *name
, domain_enum
namespace,
3930 struct symbol
**sym
, struct block
**block
)
3936 cache_symbol (const char *name
, domain_enum
namespace, struct symbol
*sym
,
3937 struct block
*block
)
3943 /* Return the result of a standard (literal, C-like) lookup of NAME in
3944 given DOMAIN, visible from lexical block BLOCK. */
3946 static struct symbol
*
3947 standard_lookup (const char *name
, const struct block
*block
,
3952 if (lookup_cached_symbol (name
, domain
, &sym
, NULL
))
3954 sym
= lookup_symbol_in_language (name
, block
, domain
, language_c
, 0);
3955 cache_symbol (name
, domain
, sym
, block_found
);
3960 /* Non-zero iff there is at least one non-function/non-enumeral symbol
3961 in the symbol fields of SYMS[0..N-1]. We treat enumerals as functions,
3962 since they contend in overloading in the same way. */
3964 is_nonfunction (struct ada_symbol_info syms
[], int n
)
3968 for (i
= 0; i
< n
; i
+= 1)
3969 if (TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms
[i
].sym
)) != TYPE_CODE_FUNC
3970 && (TYPE_CODE (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms
[i
].sym
)) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM
3971 || SYMBOL_CLASS (syms
[i
].sym
) != LOC_CONST
))
3977 /* If true (non-zero), then TYPE0 and TYPE1 represent equivalent
3978 struct types. Otherwise, they may not. */
3981 equiv_types (struct type
*type0
, struct type
*type1
)
3985 if (type0
== NULL
|| type1
== NULL
3986 || TYPE_CODE (type0
) != TYPE_CODE (type1
))
3988 if ((TYPE_CODE (type0
) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
3989 || TYPE_CODE (type0
) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM
)
3990 && ada_type_name (type0
) != NULL
&& ada_type_name (type1
) != NULL
3991 && strcmp (ada_type_name (type0
), ada_type_name (type1
)) == 0)
3997 /* True iff SYM0 represents the same entity as SYM1, or one that is
3998 no more defined than that of SYM1. */
4001 lesseq_defined_than (struct symbol
*sym0
, struct symbol
*sym1
)
4005 if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym0
) != SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym1
)
4006 || SYMBOL_CLASS (sym0
) != SYMBOL_CLASS (sym1
))
4009 switch (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym0
))
4015 struct type
*type0
= SYMBOL_TYPE (sym0
);
4016 struct type
*type1
= SYMBOL_TYPE (sym1
);
4017 char *name0
= SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym0
);
4018 char *name1
= SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym1
);
4019 int len0
= strlen (name0
);
4021 TYPE_CODE (type0
) == TYPE_CODE (type1
)
4022 && (equiv_types (type0
, type1
)
4023 || (len0
< strlen (name1
) && strncmp (name0
, name1
, len0
) == 0
4024 && strncmp (name1
+ len0
, "___XV", 5) == 0));
4027 return SYMBOL_VALUE (sym0
) == SYMBOL_VALUE (sym1
)
4028 && equiv_types (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym0
), SYMBOL_TYPE (sym1
));
4034 /* Append (SYM,BLOCK,SYMTAB) to the end of the array of struct ada_symbol_info
4035 records in OBSTACKP. Do nothing if SYM is a duplicate. */
4038 add_defn_to_vec (struct obstack
*obstackp
,
4040 struct block
*block
)
4044 struct ada_symbol_info
*prevDefns
= defns_collected (obstackp
, 0);
4046 /* Do not try to complete stub types, as the debugger is probably
4047 already scanning all symbols matching a certain name at the
4048 time when this function is called. Trying to replace the stub
4049 type by its associated full type will cause us to restart a scan
4050 which may lead to an infinite recursion. Instead, the client
4051 collecting the matching symbols will end up collecting several
4052 matches, with at least one of them complete. It can then filter
4053 out the stub ones if needed. */
4055 for (i
= num_defns_collected (obstackp
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
-= 1)
4057 if (lesseq_defined_than (sym
, prevDefns
[i
].sym
))
4059 else if (lesseq_defined_than (prevDefns
[i
].sym
, sym
))
4061 prevDefns
[i
].sym
= sym
;
4062 prevDefns
[i
].block
= block
;
4068 struct ada_symbol_info info
;
4072 obstack_grow (obstackp
, &info
, sizeof (struct ada_symbol_info
));
4076 /* Number of ada_symbol_info structures currently collected in
4077 current vector in *OBSTACKP. */
4080 num_defns_collected (struct obstack
*obstackp
)
4082 return obstack_object_size (obstackp
) / sizeof (struct ada_symbol_info
);
4085 /* Vector of ada_symbol_info structures currently collected in current
4086 vector in *OBSTACKP. If FINISH, close off the vector and return
4087 its final address. */
4089 static struct ada_symbol_info
*
4090 defns_collected (struct obstack
*obstackp
, int finish
)
4093 return obstack_finish (obstackp
);
4095 return (struct ada_symbol_info
*) obstack_base (obstackp
);
4098 /* Look, in partial_symtab PST, for symbol NAME in given namespace.
4099 Check the global symbols if GLOBAL, the static symbols if not.
4100 Do wild-card match if WILD. */
4102 static struct partial_symbol
*
4103 ada_lookup_partial_symbol (struct partial_symtab
*pst
, const char *name
,
4104 int global
, domain_enum
namespace, int wild
)
4106 struct partial_symbol
**start
;
4107 int name_len
= strlen (name
);
4108 int length
= (global
? pst
->n_global_syms
: pst
->n_static_syms
);
4117 pst
->objfile
->global_psymbols
.list
+ pst
->globals_offset
:
4118 pst
->objfile
->static_psymbols
.list
+ pst
->statics_offset
);
4122 for (i
= 0; i
< length
; i
+= 1)
4124 struct partial_symbol
*psym
= start
[i
];
4126 if (symbol_matches_domain (SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (psym
),
4127 SYMBOL_DOMAIN (psym
), namespace)
4128 && wild_match (name
, name_len
, SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (psym
)))
4142 int M
= (U
+ i
) >> 1;
4143 struct partial_symbol
*psym
= start
[M
];
4144 if (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (psym
)[0] < name
[0])
4146 else if (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (psym
)[0] > name
[0])
4148 else if (strcmp (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (psym
), name
) < 0)
4159 struct partial_symbol
*psym
= start
[i
];
4161 if (symbol_matches_domain (SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (psym
),
4162 SYMBOL_DOMAIN (psym
), namespace))
4164 int cmp
= strncmp (name
, SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (psym
), name_len
);
4172 && is_name_suffix (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (psym
)
4186 int M
= (U
+ i
) >> 1;
4187 struct partial_symbol
*psym
= start
[M
];
4188 if (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (psym
)[0] < '_')
4190 else if (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (psym
)[0] > '_')
4192 else if (strcmp (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (psym
), "_ada_") < 0)
4203 struct partial_symbol
*psym
= start
[i
];
4205 if (symbol_matches_domain (SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (psym
),
4206 SYMBOL_DOMAIN (psym
), namespace))
4210 cmp
= (int) '_' - (int) SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (psym
)[0];
4213 cmp
= strncmp ("_ada_", SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (psym
), 5);
4215 cmp
= strncmp (name
, SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (psym
) + 5,
4225 && is_name_suffix (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (psym
)
4235 /* Return a minimal symbol matching NAME according to Ada decoding
4236 rules. Returns NULL if there is no such minimal symbol. Names
4237 prefixed with "standard__" are handled specially: "standard__" is
4238 first stripped off, and only static and global symbols are searched. */
4240 struct minimal_symbol
*
4241 ada_lookup_simple_minsym (const char *name
)
4243 struct objfile
*objfile
;
4244 struct minimal_symbol
*msymbol
;
4247 if (strncmp (name
, "standard__", sizeof ("standard__") - 1) == 0)
4249 name
+= sizeof ("standard__") - 1;
4253 wild_match
= (strstr (name
, "__") == NULL
);
4255 ALL_MSYMBOLS (objfile
, msymbol
)
4257 if (ada_match_name (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (msymbol
), name
, wild_match
)
4258 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (msymbol
) != mst_solib_trampoline
)
4265 /* For all subprograms that statically enclose the subprogram of the
4266 selected frame, add symbols matching identifier NAME in DOMAIN
4267 and their blocks to the list of data in OBSTACKP, as for
4268 ada_add_block_symbols (q.v.). If WILD, treat as NAME with a
4272 add_symbols_from_enclosing_procs (struct obstack
*obstackp
,
4273 const char *name
, domain_enum
namespace,
4278 /* True if TYPE is definitely an artificial type supplied to a symbol
4279 for which no debugging information was given in the symbol file. */
4282 is_nondebugging_type (struct type
*type
)
4284 char *name
= ada_type_name (type
);
4285 return (name
!= NULL
&& strcmp (name
, "<variable, no debug info>") == 0);
4288 /* Remove any non-debugging symbols in SYMS[0 .. NSYMS-1] that definitely
4289 duplicate other symbols in the list (The only case I know of where
4290 this happens is when object files containing stabs-in-ecoff are
4291 linked with files containing ordinary ecoff debugging symbols (or no
4292 debugging symbols)). Modifies SYMS to squeeze out deleted entries.
4293 Returns the number of items in the modified list. */
4296 remove_extra_symbols (struct ada_symbol_info
*syms
, int nsyms
)
4305 /* If two symbols have the same name and one of them is a stub type,
4306 the get rid of the stub. */
4308 if (TYPE_STUB (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms
[i
].sym
))
4309 && SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (syms
[i
].sym
) != NULL
)
4311 for (j
= 0; j
< nsyms
; j
++)
4314 && !TYPE_STUB (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms
[j
].sym
))
4315 && SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (syms
[j
].sym
) != NULL
4316 && strcmp (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (syms
[i
].sym
),
4317 SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (syms
[j
].sym
)) == 0)
4322 /* Two symbols with the same name, same class and same address
4323 should be identical. */
4325 else if (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (syms
[i
].sym
) != NULL
4326 && SYMBOL_CLASS (syms
[i
].sym
) == LOC_STATIC
4327 && is_nondebugging_type (SYMBOL_TYPE (syms
[i
].sym
)))
4329 for (j
= 0; j
< nsyms
; j
+= 1)
4332 && SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (syms
[j
].sym
) != NULL
4333 && strcmp (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (syms
[i
].sym
),
4334 SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (syms
[j
].sym
)) == 0
4335 && SYMBOL_CLASS (syms
[i
].sym
) == SYMBOL_CLASS (syms
[j
].sym
)
4336 && SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (syms
[i
].sym
)
4337 == SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (syms
[j
].sym
))
4344 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< nsyms
; j
+= 1)
4345 syms
[j
- 1] = syms
[j
];
4354 /* Given a type that corresponds to a renaming entity, use the type name
4355 to extract the scope (package name or function name, fully qualified,
4356 and following the GNAT encoding convention) where this renaming has been
4357 defined. The string returned needs to be deallocated after use. */
4360 xget_renaming_scope (struct type
*renaming_type
)
4362 /* The renaming types adhere to the following convention:
4363 <scope>__<rename>___<XR extension>.
4364 So, to extract the scope, we search for the "___XR" extension,
4365 and then backtrack until we find the first "__". */
4367 const char *name
= type_name_no_tag (renaming_type
);
4368 char *suffix
= strstr (name
, "___XR");
4373 /* Now, backtrack a bit until we find the first "__". Start looking
4374 at suffix - 3, as the <rename> part is at least one character long. */
4376 for (last
= suffix
- 3; last
> name
; last
--)
4377 if (last
[0] == '_' && last
[1] == '_')
4380 /* Make a copy of scope and return it. */
4382 scope_len
= last
- name
;
4383 scope
= (char *) xmalloc ((scope_len
+ 1) * sizeof (char));
4385 strncpy (scope
, name
, scope_len
);
4386 scope
[scope_len
] = '\0';
4391 /* Return nonzero if NAME corresponds to a package name. */
4394 is_package_name (const char *name
)
4396 /* Here, We take advantage of the fact that no symbols are generated
4397 for packages, while symbols are generated for each function.
4398 So the condition for NAME represent a package becomes equivalent
4399 to NAME not existing in our list of symbols. There is only one
4400 small complication with library-level functions (see below). */
4404 /* If it is a function that has not been defined at library level,
4405 then we should be able to look it up in the symbols. */
4406 if (standard_lookup (name
, NULL
, VAR_DOMAIN
) != NULL
)
4409 /* Library-level function names start with "_ada_". See if function
4410 "_ada_" followed by NAME can be found. */
4412 /* Do a quick check that NAME does not contain "__", since library-level
4413 functions names cannot contain "__" in them. */
4414 if (strstr (name
, "__") != NULL
)
4417 fun_name
= xstrprintf ("_ada_%s", name
);
4419 return (standard_lookup (fun_name
, NULL
, VAR_DOMAIN
) == NULL
);
4422 /* Return nonzero if SYM corresponds to a renaming entity that is
4423 not visible from FUNCTION_NAME. */
4426 old_renaming_is_invisible (const struct symbol
*sym
, char *function_name
)
4430 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym
) != LOC_TYPEDEF
)
4433 scope
= xget_renaming_scope (SYMBOL_TYPE (sym
));
4435 make_cleanup (xfree
, scope
);
4437 /* If the rename has been defined in a package, then it is visible. */
4438 if (is_package_name (scope
))
4441 /* Check that the rename is in the current function scope by checking
4442 that its name starts with SCOPE. */
4444 /* If the function name starts with "_ada_", it means that it is
4445 a library-level function. Strip this prefix before doing the
4446 comparison, as the encoding for the renaming does not contain
4448 if (strncmp (function_name
, "_ada_", 5) == 0)
4451 return (strncmp (function_name
, scope
, strlen (scope
)) != 0);
4454 /* Remove entries from SYMS that corresponds to a renaming entity that
4455 is not visible from the function associated with CURRENT_BLOCK or
4456 that is superfluous due to the presence of more specific renaming
4457 information. Places surviving symbols in the initial entries of
4458 SYMS and returns the number of surviving symbols.
4461 First, in cases where an object renaming is implemented as a
4462 reference variable, GNAT may produce both the actual reference
4463 variable and the renaming encoding. In this case, we discard the
4466 Second, GNAT emits a type following a specified encoding for each renaming
4467 entity. Unfortunately, STABS currently does not support the definition
4468 of types that are local to a given lexical block, so all renamings types
4469 are emitted at library level. As a consequence, if an application
4470 contains two renaming entities using the same name, and a user tries to
4471 print the value of one of these entities, the result of the ada symbol
4472 lookup will also contain the wrong renaming type.
4474 This function partially covers for this limitation by attempting to
4475 remove from the SYMS list renaming symbols that should be visible
4476 from CURRENT_BLOCK. However, there does not seem be a 100% reliable
4477 method with the current information available. The implementation
4478 below has a couple of limitations (FIXME: brobecker-2003-05-12):
4480 - When the user tries to print a rename in a function while there
4481 is another rename entity defined in a package: Normally, the
4482 rename in the function has precedence over the rename in the
4483 package, so the latter should be removed from the list. This is
4484 currently not the case.
4486 - This function will incorrectly remove valid renames if
4487 the CURRENT_BLOCK corresponds to a function which symbol name
4488 has been changed by an "Export" pragma. As a consequence,
4489 the user will be unable to print such rename entities. */
4492 remove_irrelevant_renamings (struct ada_symbol_info
*syms
,
4493 int nsyms
, const struct block
*current_block
)
4495 struct symbol
*current_function
;
4496 char *current_function_name
;
4498 int is_new_style_renaming
;
4500 /* If there is both a renaming foo___XR... encoded as a variable and
4501 a simple variable foo in the same block, discard the latter.
4502 First, zero out such symbols, then compress. */
4503 is_new_style_renaming
= 0;
4504 for (i
= 0; i
< nsyms
; i
+= 1)
4506 struct symbol
*sym
= syms
[i
].sym
;
4507 struct block
*block
= syms
[i
].block
;
4511 if (sym
== NULL
|| SYMBOL_CLASS (sym
) == LOC_TYPEDEF
)
4513 name
= SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym
);
4514 suffix
= strstr (name
, "___XR");
4518 int name_len
= suffix
- name
;
4520 is_new_style_renaming
= 1;
4521 for (j
= 0; j
< nsyms
; j
+= 1)
4522 if (i
!= j
&& syms
[j
].sym
!= NULL
4523 && strncmp (name
, SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (syms
[j
].sym
),
4525 && block
== syms
[j
].block
)
4529 if (is_new_style_renaming
)
4533 for (j
= k
= 0; j
< nsyms
; j
+= 1)
4534 if (syms
[j
].sym
!= NULL
)
4542 /* Extract the function name associated to CURRENT_BLOCK.
4543 Abort if unable to do so. */
4545 if (current_block
== NULL
)
4548 current_function
= block_linkage_function (current_block
);
4549 if (current_function
== NULL
)
4552 current_function_name
= SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (current_function
);
4553 if (current_function_name
== NULL
)
4556 /* Check each of the symbols, and remove it from the list if it is
4557 a type corresponding to a renaming that is out of the scope of
4558 the current block. */
4563 if (ada_parse_renaming (syms
[i
].sym
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
)
4564 == ADA_OBJECT_RENAMING
4565 && old_renaming_is_invisible (syms
[i
].sym
, current_function_name
))
4568 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< nsyms
; j
+= 1)
4569 syms
[j
- 1] = syms
[j
];
4579 /* Add to OBSTACKP all symbols from BLOCK (and its super-blocks)
4580 whose name and domain match NAME and DOMAIN respectively.
4581 If no match was found, then extend the search to "enclosing"
4582 routines (in other words, if we're inside a nested function,
4583 search the symbols defined inside the enclosing functions).
4585 Note: This function assumes that OBSTACKP has 0 (zero) element in it. */
4588 ada_add_local_symbols (struct obstack
*obstackp
, const char *name
,
4589 struct block
*block
, domain_enum domain
,
4592 int block_depth
= 0;
4594 while (block
!= NULL
)
4597 ada_add_block_symbols (obstackp
, block
, name
, domain
, NULL
, wild_match
);
4599 /* If we found a non-function match, assume that's the one. */
4600 if (is_nonfunction (defns_collected (obstackp
, 0),
4601 num_defns_collected (obstackp
)))
4604 block
= BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (block
);
4607 /* If no luck so far, try to find NAME as a local symbol in some lexically
4608 enclosing subprogram. */
4609 if (num_defns_collected (obstackp
) == 0 && block_depth
> 2)
4610 add_symbols_from_enclosing_procs (obstackp
, name
, domain
, wild_match
);
4613 /* Add to OBSTACKP all non-local symbols whose name and domain match
4614 NAME and DOMAIN respectively. The search is performed on GLOBAL_BLOCK
4615 symbols if GLOBAL is non-zero, or on STATIC_BLOCK symbols otherwise. */
4618 ada_add_non_local_symbols (struct obstack
*obstackp
, const char *name
,
4619 domain_enum domain
, int global
,
4622 struct objfile
*objfile
;
4623 struct partial_symtab
*ps
;
4625 ALL_PSYMTABS (objfile
, ps
)
4629 || ada_lookup_partial_symbol (ps
, name
, global
, domain
, wild_match
))
4631 struct symtab
*s
= PSYMTAB_TO_SYMTAB (ps
);
4632 const int block_kind
= global
? GLOBAL_BLOCK
: STATIC_BLOCK
;
4634 if (s
== NULL
|| !s
->primary
)
4636 ada_add_block_symbols (obstackp
,
4637 BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s
), block_kind
),
4638 name
, domain
, objfile
, wild_match
);
4643 /* Find symbols in DOMAIN matching NAME0, in BLOCK0 and enclosing
4644 scope and in global scopes, returning the number of matches. Sets
4645 *RESULTS to point to a vector of (SYM,BLOCK) tuples,
4646 indicating the symbols found and the blocks and symbol tables (if
4647 any) in which they were found. This vector are transient---good only to
4648 the next call of ada_lookup_symbol_list. Any non-function/non-enumeral
4649 symbol match within the nest of blocks whose innermost member is BLOCK0,
4650 is the one match returned (no other matches in that or
4651 enclosing blocks is returned). If there are any matches in or
4652 surrounding BLOCK0, then these alone are returned. Otherwise, the
4653 search extends to global and file-scope (static) symbol tables.
4654 Names prefixed with "standard__" are handled specially: "standard__"
4655 is first stripped off, and only static and global symbols are searched. */
4658 ada_lookup_symbol_list (const char *name0
, const struct block
*block0
,
4659 domain_enum
namespace,
4660 struct ada_symbol_info
**results
)
4663 struct block
*block
;
4669 obstack_free (&symbol_list_obstack
, NULL
);
4670 obstack_init (&symbol_list_obstack
);
4674 /* Search specified block and its superiors. */
4676 wild_match
= (strstr (name0
, "__") == NULL
);
4678 block
= (struct block
*) block0
; /* FIXME: No cast ought to be
4679 needed, but adding const will
4680 have a cascade effect. */
4682 /* Special case: If the user specifies a symbol name inside package
4683 Standard, do a non-wild matching of the symbol name without
4684 the "standard__" prefix. This was primarily introduced in order
4685 to allow the user to specifically access the standard exceptions
4686 using, for instance, Standard.Constraint_Error when Constraint_Error
4687 is ambiguous (due to the user defining its own Constraint_Error
4688 entity inside its program). */
4689 if (strncmp (name0
, "standard__", sizeof ("standard__") - 1) == 0)
4693 name
= name0
+ sizeof ("standard__") - 1;
4696 /* Check the non-global symbols. If we have ANY match, then we're done. */
4698 ada_add_local_symbols (&symbol_list_obstack
, name
, block
, namespace,
4700 if (num_defns_collected (&symbol_list_obstack
) > 0)
4703 /* No non-global symbols found. Check our cache to see if we have
4704 already performed this search before. If we have, then return
4708 if (lookup_cached_symbol (name0
, namespace, &sym
, &block
))
4711 add_defn_to_vec (&symbol_list_obstack
, sym
, block
);
4715 /* Search symbols from all global blocks. */
4717 ada_add_non_local_symbols (&symbol_list_obstack
, name
, namespace, 1,
4720 /* Now add symbols from all per-file blocks if we've gotten no hits
4721 (not strictly correct, but perhaps better than an error). */
4723 if (num_defns_collected (&symbol_list_obstack
) == 0)
4724 ada_add_non_local_symbols (&symbol_list_obstack
, name
, namespace, 0,
4728 ndefns
= num_defns_collected (&symbol_list_obstack
);
4729 *results
= defns_collected (&symbol_list_obstack
, 1);
4731 ndefns
= remove_extra_symbols (*results
, ndefns
);
4734 cache_symbol (name0
, namespace, NULL
, NULL
);
4736 if (ndefns
== 1 && cacheIfUnique
)
4737 cache_symbol (name0
, namespace, (*results
)[0].sym
, (*results
)[0].block
);
4739 ndefns
= remove_irrelevant_renamings (*results
, ndefns
, block0
);
4745 ada_lookup_encoded_symbol (const char *name
, const struct block
*block0
,
4746 domain_enum
namespace, struct block
**block_found
)
4748 struct ada_symbol_info
*candidates
;
4751 n_candidates
= ada_lookup_symbol_list (name
, block0
, namespace, &candidates
);
4753 if (n_candidates
== 0)
4756 if (block_found
!= NULL
)
4757 *block_found
= candidates
[0].block
;
4759 return fixup_symbol_section (candidates
[0].sym
, NULL
);
4762 /* Return a symbol in DOMAIN matching NAME, in BLOCK0 and enclosing
4763 scope and in global scopes, or NULL if none. NAME is folded and
4764 encoded first. Otherwise, the result is as for ada_lookup_symbol_list,
4765 choosing the first symbol if there are multiple choices.
4766 *IS_A_FIELD_OF_THIS is set to 0 and *SYMTAB is set to the symbol
4767 table in which the symbol was found (in both cases, these
4768 assignments occur only if the pointers are non-null). */
4770 ada_lookup_symbol (const char *name
, const struct block
*block0
,
4771 domain_enum
namespace, int *is_a_field_of_this
)
4773 if (is_a_field_of_this
!= NULL
)
4774 *is_a_field_of_this
= 0;
4777 ada_lookup_encoded_symbol (ada_encode (ada_fold_name (name
)),
4778 block0
, namespace, NULL
);
4781 static struct symbol
*
4782 ada_lookup_symbol_nonlocal (const char *name
,
4783 const char *linkage_name
,
4784 const struct block
*block
,
4785 const domain_enum domain
)
4787 if (linkage_name
== NULL
)
4788 linkage_name
= name
;
4789 return ada_lookup_symbol (linkage_name
, block_static_block (block
), domain
,
4794 /* True iff STR is a possible encoded suffix of a normal Ada name
4795 that is to be ignored for matching purposes. Suffixes of parallel
4796 names (e.g., XVE) are not included here. Currently, the possible suffixes
4797 are given by any of the regular expressions:
4799 [.$][0-9]+ [nested subprogram suffix, on platforms such as GNU/Linux]
4800 ___[0-9]+ [nested subprogram suffix, on platforms such as HP/UX]
4801 _E[0-9]+[bs]$ [protected object entry suffixes]
4802 (X[nb]*)?((\$|__)[0-9](_?[0-9]+)|___(JM|LJM|X([FDBUP].*|R[^T]?)))?$
4804 Also, any leading "__[0-9]+" sequence is skipped before the suffix
4805 match is performed. This sequence is used to differentiate homonyms,
4806 is an optional part of a valid name suffix. */
4809 is_name_suffix (const char *str
)
4812 const char *matching
;
4813 const int len
= strlen (str
);
4815 /* Skip optional leading __[0-9]+. */
4817 if (len
> 3 && str
[0] == '_' && str
[1] == '_' && isdigit (str
[2]))
4820 while (isdigit (str
[0]))
4826 if (str
[0] == '.' || str
[0] == '$')
4829 while (isdigit (matching
[0]))
4831 if (matching
[0] == '\0')
4837 if (len
> 3 && str
[0] == '_' && str
[1] == '_' && str
[2] == '_')
4840 while (isdigit (matching
[0]))
4842 if (matching
[0] == '\0')
4847 /* FIXME: brobecker/2005-09-23: Protected Object subprograms end
4848 with a N at the end. Unfortunately, the compiler uses the same
4849 convention for other internal types it creates. So treating
4850 all entity names that end with an "N" as a name suffix causes
4851 some regressions. For instance, consider the case of an enumerated
4852 type. To support the 'Image attribute, it creates an array whose
4854 Having a single character like this as a suffix carrying some
4855 information is a bit risky. Perhaps we should change the encoding
4856 to be something like "_N" instead. In the meantime, do not do
4857 the following check. */
4858 /* Protected Object Subprograms */
4859 if (len
== 1 && str
[0] == 'N')
4864 if (len
> 3 && str
[0] == '_' && str
[1] == 'E' && isdigit (str
[2]))
4867 while (isdigit (matching
[0]))
4869 if ((matching
[0] == 'b' || matching
[0] == 's')
4870 && matching
[1] == '\0')
4874 /* ??? We should not modify STR directly, as we are doing below. This
4875 is fine in this case, but may become problematic later if we find
4876 that this alternative did not work, and want to try matching
4877 another one from the begining of STR. Since we modified it, we
4878 won't be able to find the begining of the string anymore! */
4882 while (str
[0] != '_' && str
[0] != '\0')
4884 if (str
[0] != 'n' && str
[0] != 'b')
4890 if (str
[0] == '\000')
4895 if (str
[1] != '_' || str
[2] == '\000')
4899 if (strcmp (str
+ 3, "JM") == 0)
4901 /* FIXME: brobecker/2004-09-30: GNAT will soon stop using
4902 the LJM suffix in favor of the JM one. But we will
4903 still accept LJM as a valid suffix for a reasonable
4904 amount of time, just to allow ourselves to debug programs
4905 compiled using an older version of GNAT. */
4906 if (strcmp (str
+ 3, "LJM") == 0)
4910 if (str
[4] == 'F' || str
[4] == 'D' || str
[4] == 'B'
4911 || str
[4] == 'U' || str
[4] == 'P')
4913 if (str
[4] == 'R' && str
[5] != 'T')
4917 if (!isdigit (str
[2]))
4919 for (k
= 3; str
[k
] != '\0'; k
+= 1)
4920 if (!isdigit (str
[k
]) && str
[k
] != '_')
4924 if (str
[0] == '$' && isdigit (str
[1]))
4926 for (k
= 2; str
[k
] != '\0'; k
+= 1)
4927 if (!isdigit (str
[k
]) && str
[k
] != '_')
4934 /* Return non-zero if the string starting at NAME and ending before
4935 NAME_END contains no capital letters. */
4938 is_valid_name_for_wild_match (const char *name0
)
4940 const char *decoded_name
= ada_decode (name0
);
4943 /* If the decoded name starts with an angle bracket, it means that
4944 NAME0 does not follow the GNAT encoding format. It should then
4945 not be allowed as a possible wild match. */
4946 if (decoded_name
[0] == '<')
4949 for (i
=0; decoded_name
[i
] != '\0'; i
++)
4950 if (isalpha (decoded_name
[i
]) && !islower (decoded_name
[i
]))
4956 /* True if NAME represents a name of the form A1.A2....An, n>=1 and
4957 PATN[0..PATN_LEN-1] = Ak.Ak+1.....An for some k >= 1. Ignores
4958 informational suffixes of NAME (i.e., for which is_name_suffix is
4962 wild_match (const char *patn0
, int patn_len
, const char *name0
)
4969 match
= strstr (start
, patn0
);
4974 || (match
> name0
+ 1 && match
[-1] == '_' && match
[-2] == '_')
4975 || (match
== name0
+ 5 && strncmp ("_ada_", name0
, 5) == 0))
4976 && is_name_suffix (match
+ patn_len
))
4977 return (match
== name0
|| is_valid_name_for_wild_match (name0
));
4982 /* Add symbols from BLOCK matching identifier NAME in DOMAIN to
4983 vector *defn_symbols, updating the list of symbols in OBSTACKP
4984 (if necessary). If WILD, treat as NAME with a wildcard prefix.
4985 OBJFILE is the section containing BLOCK.
4986 SYMTAB is recorded with each symbol added. */
4989 ada_add_block_symbols (struct obstack
*obstackp
,
4990 struct block
*block
, const char *name
,
4991 domain_enum domain
, struct objfile
*objfile
,
4994 struct dict_iterator iter
;
4995 int name_len
= strlen (name
);
4996 /* A matching argument symbol, if any. */
4997 struct symbol
*arg_sym
;
4998 /* Set true when we find a matching non-argument symbol. */
5007 ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (block
, iter
, sym
)
5009 if (symbol_matches_domain (SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (sym
),
5010 SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym
), domain
)
5011 && wild_match (name
, name_len
, SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym
)))
5013 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym
) == LOC_UNRESOLVED
)
5015 else if (SYMBOL_IS_ARGUMENT (sym
))
5020 add_defn_to_vec (obstackp
,
5021 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, objfile
),
5029 ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (block
, iter
, sym
)
5031 if (symbol_matches_domain (SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (sym
),
5032 SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym
), domain
))
5034 int cmp
= strncmp (name
, SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym
), name_len
);
5036 && is_name_suffix (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym
) + name_len
))
5038 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym
) != LOC_UNRESOLVED
)
5040 if (SYMBOL_IS_ARGUMENT (sym
))
5045 add_defn_to_vec (obstackp
,
5046 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, objfile
),
5055 if (!found_sym
&& arg_sym
!= NULL
)
5057 add_defn_to_vec (obstackp
,
5058 fixup_symbol_section (arg_sym
, objfile
),
5067 ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (block
, iter
, sym
)
5069 if (symbol_matches_domain (SYMBOL_LANGUAGE (sym
),
5070 SYMBOL_DOMAIN (sym
), domain
))
5074 cmp
= (int) '_' - (int) SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym
)[0];
5077 cmp
= strncmp ("_ada_", SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym
), 5);
5079 cmp
= strncmp (name
, SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym
) + 5,
5084 && is_name_suffix (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym
) + name_len
+ 5))
5086 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym
) != LOC_UNRESOLVED
)
5088 if (SYMBOL_IS_ARGUMENT (sym
))
5093 add_defn_to_vec (obstackp
,
5094 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, objfile
),
5102 /* NOTE: This really shouldn't be needed for _ada_ symbols.
5103 They aren't parameters, right? */
5104 if (!found_sym
&& arg_sym
!= NULL
)
5106 add_defn_to_vec (obstackp
,
5107 fixup_symbol_section (arg_sym
, objfile
),
5114 /* Symbol Completion */
5116 /* If SYM_NAME is a completion candidate for TEXT, return this symbol
5117 name in a form that's appropriate for the completion. The result
5118 does not need to be deallocated, but is only good until the next call.
5120 TEXT_LEN is equal to the length of TEXT.
5121 Perform a wild match if WILD_MATCH is set.
5122 ENCODED should be set if TEXT represents the start of a symbol name
5123 in its encoded form. */
5126 symbol_completion_match (const char *sym_name
,
5127 const char *text
, int text_len
,
5128 int wild_match
, int encoded
)
5131 const int verbatim_match
= (text
[0] == '<');
5136 /* Strip the leading angle bracket. */
5141 /* First, test against the fully qualified name of the symbol. */
5143 if (strncmp (sym_name
, text
, text_len
) == 0)
5146 if (match
&& !encoded
)
5148 /* One needed check before declaring a positive match is to verify
5149 that iff we are doing a verbatim match, the decoded version
5150 of the symbol name starts with '<'. Otherwise, this symbol name
5151 is not a suitable completion. */
5152 const char *sym_name_copy
= sym_name
;
5153 int has_angle_bracket
;
5155 sym_name
= ada_decode (sym_name
);
5156 has_angle_bracket
= (sym_name
[0] == '<');
5157 match
= (has_angle_bracket
== verbatim_match
);
5158 sym_name
= sym_name_copy
;
5161 if (match
&& !verbatim_match
)
5163 /* When doing non-verbatim match, another check that needs to
5164 be done is to verify that the potentially matching symbol name
5165 does not include capital letters, because the ada-mode would
5166 not be able to understand these symbol names without the
5167 angle bracket notation. */
5170 for (tmp
= sym_name
; *tmp
!= '\0' && !isupper (*tmp
); tmp
++);
5175 /* Second: Try wild matching... */
5177 if (!match
&& wild_match
)
5179 /* Since we are doing wild matching, this means that TEXT
5180 may represent an unqualified symbol name. We therefore must
5181 also compare TEXT against the unqualified name of the symbol. */
5182 sym_name
= ada_unqualified_name (ada_decode (sym_name
));
5184 if (strncmp (sym_name
, text
, text_len
) == 0)
5188 /* Finally: If we found a mach, prepare the result to return. */
5194 sym_name
= add_angle_brackets (sym_name
);
5197 sym_name
= ada_decode (sym_name
);
5202 typedef char *char_ptr
;
5203 DEF_VEC_P (char_ptr
);
5205 /* A companion function to ada_make_symbol_completion_list().
5206 Check if SYM_NAME represents a symbol which name would be suitable
5207 to complete TEXT (TEXT_LEN is the length of TEXT), in which case
5208 it is appended at the end of the given string vector SV.
5210 ORIG_TEXT is the string original string from the user command
5211 that needs to be completed. WORD is the entire command on which
5212 completion should be performed. These two parameters are used to
5213 determine which part of the symbol name should be added to the
5215 if WILD_MATCH is set, then wild matching is performed.
5216 ENCODED should be set if TEXT represents a symbol name in its
5217 encoded formed (in which case the completion should also be
5221 symbol_completion_add (VEC(char_ptr
) **sv
,
5222 const char *sym_name
,
5223 const char *text
, int text_len
,
5224 const char *orig_text
, const char *word
,
5225 int wild_match
, int encoded
)
5227 const char *match
= symbol_completion_match (sym_name
, text
, text_len
,
5228 wild_match
, encoded
);
5234 /* We found a match, so add the appropriate completion to the given
5237 if (word
== orig_text
)
5239 completion
= xmalloc (strlen (match
) + 5);
5240 strcpy (completion
, match
);
5242 else if (word
> orig_text
)
5244 /* Return some portion of sym_name. */
5245 completion
= xmalloc (strlen (match
) + 5);
5246 strcpy (completion
, match
+ (word
- orig_text
));
5250 /* Return some of ORIG_TEXT plus sym_name. */
5251 completion
= xmalloc (strlen (match
) + (orig_text
- word
) + 5);
5252 strncpy (completion
, word
, orig_text
- word
);
5253 completion
[orig_text
- word
] = '\0';
5254 strcat (completion
, match
);
5257 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, *sv
, completion
);
5260 /* Return a list of possible symbol names completing TEXT0. The list
5261 is NULL terminated. WORD is the entire command on which completion
5265 ada_make_symbol_completion_list (char *text0
, char *word
)
5271 VEC(char_ptr
) *completions
= VEC_alloc (char_ptr
, 128);
5274 struct partial_symtab
*ps
;
5275 struct minimal_symbol
*msymbol
;
5276 struct objfile
*objfile
;
5277 struct block
*b
, *surrounding_static_block
= 0;
5279 struct dict_iterator iter
;
5281 if (text0
[0] == '<')
5283 text
= xstrdup (text0
);
5284 make_cleanup (xfree
, text
);
5285 text_len
= strlen (text
);
5291 text
= xstrdup (ada_encode (text0
));
5292 make_cleanup (xfree
, text
);
5293 text_len
= strlen (text
);
5294 for (i
= 0; i
< text_len
; i
++)
5295 text
[i
] = tolower (text
[i
]);
5297 encoded
= (strstr (text0
, "__") != NULL
);
5298 /* If the name contains a ".", then the user is entering a fully
5299 qualified entity name, and the match must not be done in wild
5300 mode. Similarly, if the user wants to complete what looks like
5301 an encoded name, the match must not be done in wild mode. */
5302 wild_match
= (strchr (text0
, '.') == NULL
&& !encoded
);
5305 /* First, look at the partial symtab symbols. */
5306 ALL_PSYMTABS (objfile
, ps
)
5308 struct partial_symbol
**psym
;
5310 /* If the psymtab's been read in we'll get it when we search
5311 through the blockvector. */
5315 for (psym
= objfile
->global_psymbols
.list
+ ps
->globals_offset
;
5316 psym
< (objfile
->global_psymbols
.list
+ ps
->globals_offset
5317 + ps
->n_global_syms
); psym
++)
5320 symbol_completion_add (&completions
, SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (*psym
),
5321 text
, text_len
, text0
, word
,
5322 wild_match
, encoded
);
5325 for (psym
= objfile
->static_psymbols
.list
+ ps
->statics_offset
;
5326 psym
< (objfile
->static_psymbols
.list
+ ps
->statics_offset
5327 + ps
->n_static_syms
); psym
++)
5330 symbol_completion_add (&completions
, SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (*psym
),
5331 text
, text_len
, text0
, word
,
5332 wild_match
, encoded
);
5336 /* At this point scan through the misc symbol vectors and add each
5337 symbol you find to the list. Eventually we want to ignore
5338 anything that isn't a text symbol (everything else will be
5339 handled by the psymtab code above). */
5341 ALL_MSYMBOLS (objfile
, msymbol
)
5344 symbol_completion_add (&completions
, SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (msymbol
),
5345 text
, text_len
, text0
, word
, wild_match
, encoded
);
5348 /* Search upwards from currently selected frame (so that we can
5349 complete on local vars. */
5351 for (b
= get_selected_block (0); b
!= NULL
; b
= BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (b
))
5353 if (!BLOCK_SUPERBLOCK (b
))
5354 surrounding_static_block
= b
; /* For elmin of dups */
5356 ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b
, iter
, sym
)
5358 symbol_completion_add (&completions
, SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym
),
5359 text
, text_len
, text0
, word
,
5360 wild_match
, encoded
);
5364 /* Go through the symtabs and check the externs and statics for
5365 symbols which match. */
5367 ALL_SYMTABS (objfile
, s
)
5370 b
= BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s
), GLOBAL_BLOCK
);
5371 ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b
, iter
, sym
)
5373 symbol_completion_add (&completions
, SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym
),
5374 text
, text_len
, text0
, word
,
5375 wild_match
, encoded
);
5379 ALL_SYMTABS (objfile
, s
)
5382 b
= BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (BLOCKVECTOR (s
), STATIC_BLOCK
);
5383 /* Don't do this block twice. */
5384 if (b
== surrounding_static_block
)
5386 ALL_BLOCK_SYMBOLS (b
, iter
, sym
)
5388 symbol_completion_add (&completions
, SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym
),
5389 text
, text_len
, text0
, word
,
5390 wild_match
, encoded
);
5394 /* Append the closing NULL entry. */
5395 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, completions
, NULL
);
5397 /* Make a copy of the COMPLETIONS VEC before we free it, and then
5398 return the copy. It's unfortunate that we have to make a copy
5399 of an array that we're about to destroy, but there is nothing much
5400 we can do about it. Fortunately, it's typically not a very large
5403 const size_t completions_size
=
5404 VEC_length (char_ptr
, completions
) * sizeof (char *);
5405 char **result
= malloc (completions_size
);
5407 memcpy (result
, VEC_address (char_ptr
, completions
), completions_size
);
5409 VEC_free (char_ptr
, completions
);
5416 /* Return non-zero if TYPE is a pointer to the GNAT dispatch table used
5417 for tagged types. */
5420 ada_is_dispatch_table_ptr_type (struct type
*type
)
5424 if (TYPE_CODE (type
) != TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
5427 name
= TYPE_NAME (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
));
5431 return (strcmp (name
, "ada__tags__dispatch_table") == 0);
5434 /* True if field number FIELD_NUM in struct or union type TYPE is supposed
5435 to be invisible to users. */
5438 ada_is_ignored_field (struct type
*type
, int field_num
)
5440 if (field_num
< 0 || field_num
> TYPE_NFIELDS (type
))
5443 /* Check the name of that field. */
5445 const char *name
= TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type
, field_num
);
5447 /* Anonymous field names should not be printed.
5448 brobecker/2007-02-20: I don't think this can actually happen
5449 but we don't want to print the value of annonymous fields anyway. */
5453 /* A field named "_parent" is internally generated by GNAT for
5454 tagged types, and should not be printed either. */
5455 if (name
[0] == '_' && strncmp (name
, "_parent", 7) != 0)
5459 /* If this is the dispatch table of a tagged type, then ignore. */
5460 if (ada_is_tagged_type (type
, 1)
5461 && ada_is_dispatch_table_ptr_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type
, field_num
)))
5464 /* Not a special field, so it should not be ignored. */
5468 /* True iff TYPE has a tag field. If REFOK, then TYPE may also be a
5469 pointer or reference type whose ultimate target has a tag field. */
5472 ada_is_tagged_type (struct type
*type
, int refok
)
5474 return (ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (type
, "_tag", refok
, 1, NULL
) != NULL
);
5477 /* True iff TYPE represents the type of X'Tag */
5480 ada_is_tag_type (struct type
*type
)
5482 if (type
== NULL
|| TYPE_CODE (type
) != TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
5486 const char *name
= ada_type_name (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
));
5487 return (name
!= NULL
5488 && strcmp (name
, "ada__tags__dispatch_table") == 0);
5492 /* The type of the tag on VAL. */
5495 ada_tag_type (struct value
*val
)
5497 return ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (value_type (val
), "_tag", 1, 0, NULL
);
5500 /* The value of the tag on VAL. */
5503 ada_value_tag (struct value
*val
)
5505 return ada_value_struct_elt (val
, "_tag", 0);
5508 /* The value of the tag on the object of type TYPE whose contents are
5509 saved at VALADDR, if it is non-null, or is at memory address
5512 static struct value
*
5513 value_tag_from_contents_and_address (struct type
*type
,
5514 const gdb_byte
*valaddr
,
5517 int tag_byte_offset
, dummy1
, dummy2
;
5518 struct type
*tag_type
;
5519 if (find_struct_field ("_tag", type
, 0, &tag_type
, &tag_byte_offset
,
5522 const gdb_byte
*valaddr1
= ((valaddr
== NULL
)
5524 : valaddr
+ tag_byte_offset
);
5525 CORE_ADDR address1
= (address
== 0) ? 0 : address
+ tag_byte_offset
;
5527 return value_from_contents_and_address (tag_type
, valaddr1
, address1
);
5532 static struct type
*
5533 type_from_tag (struct value
*tag
)
5535 const char *type_name
= ada_tag_name (tag
);
5536 if (type_name
!= NULL
)
5537 return ada_find_any_type (ada_encode (type_name
));
5548 static int ada_tag_name_1 (void *);
5549 static int ada_tag_name_2 (struct tag_args
*);
5551 /* Wrapper function used by ada_tag_name. Given a struct tag_args*
5552 value ARGS, sets ARGS->name to the tag name of ARGS->tag.
5553 The value stored in ARGS->name is valid until the next call to
5557 ada_tag_name_1 (void *args0
)
5559 struct tag_args
*args
= (struct tag_args
*) args0
;
5560 static char name
[1024];
5564 val
= ada_value_struct_elt (args
->tag
, "tsd", 1);
5566 return ada_tag_name_2 (args
);
5567 val
= ada_value_struct_elt (val
, "expanded_name", 1);
5570 read_memory_string (value_as_address (val
), name
, sizeof (name
) - 1);
5571 for (p
= name
; *p
!= '\0'; p
+= 1)
5578 /* Utility function for ada_tag_name_1 that tries the second
5579 representation for the dispatch table (in which there is no
5580 explicit 'tsd' field in the referent of the tag pointer, and instead
5581 the tsd pointer is stored just before the dispatch table. */
5584 ada_tag_name_2 (struct tag_args
*args
)
5586 struct type
*info_type
;
5587 static char name
[1024];
5589 struct value
*val
, *valp
;
5592 info_type
= ada_find_any_type ("ada__tags__type_specific_data");
5593 if (info_type
== NULL
)
5595 info_type
= lookup_pointer_type (lookup_pointer_type (info_type
));
5596 valp
= value_cast (info_type
, args
->tag
);
5599 val
= value_ind (value_ptradd (valp
, -1));
5602 val
= ada_value_struct_elt (val
, "expanded_name", 1);
5605 read_memory_string (value_as_address (val
), name
, sizeof (name
) - 1);
5606 for (p
= name
; *p
!= '\0'; p
+= 1)
5613 /* The type name of the dynamic type denoted by the 'tag value TAG, as
5617 ada_tag_name (struct value
*tag
)
5619 struct tag_args args
;
5620 if (!ada_is_tag_type (value_type (tag
)))
5624 catch_errors (ada_tag_name_1
, &args
, NULL
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
5628 /* The parent type of TYPE, or NULL if none. */
5631 ada_parent_type (struct type
*type
)
5635 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
5637 if (type
== NULL
|| TYPE_CODE (type
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
)
5640 for (i
= 0; i
< TYPE_NFIELDS (type
); i
+= 1)
5641 if (ada_is_parent_field (type
, i
))
5643 struct type
*parent_type
= TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type
, i
);
5645 /* If the _parent field is a pointer, then dereference it. */
5646 if (TYPE_CODE (parent_type
) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
5647 parent_type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (parent_type
);
5648 /* If there is a parallel XVS type, get the actual base type. */
5649 parent_type
= ada_get_base_type (parent_type
);
5651 return ada_check_typedef (parent_type
);
5657 /* True iff field number FIELD_NUM of structure type TYPE contains the
5658 parent-type (inherited) fields of a derived type. Assumes TYPE is
5659 a structure type with at least FIELD_NUM+1 fields. */
5662 ada_is_parent_field (struct type
*type
, int field_num
)
5664 const char *name
= TYPE_FIELD_NAME (ada_check_typedef (type
), field_num
);
5665 return (name
!= NULL
5666 && (strncmp (name
, "PARENT", 6) == 0
5667 || strncmp (name
, "_parent", 7) == 0));
5670 /* True iff field number FIELD_NUM of structure type TYPE is a
5671 transparent wrapper field (which should be silently traversed when doing
5672 field selection and flattened when printing). Assumes TYPE is a
5673 structure type with at least FIELD_NUM+1 fields. Such fields are always
5677 ada_is_wrapper_field (struct type
*type
, int field_num
)
5679 const char *name
= TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type
, field_num
);
5680 return (name
!= NULL
5681 && (strncmp (name
, "PARENT", 6) == 0
5682 || strcmp (name
, "REP") == 0
5683 || strncmp (name
, "_parent", 7) == 0
5684 || name
[0] == 'S' || name
[0] == 'R' || name
[0] == 'O'));
5687 /* True iff field number FIELD_NUM of structure or union type TYPE
5688 is a variant wrapper. Assumes TYPE is a structure type with at least
5689 FIELD_NUM+1 fields. */
5692 ada_is_variant_part (struct type
*type
, int field_num
)
5694 struct type
*field_type
= TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type
, field_num
);
5695 return (TYPE_CODE (field_type
) == TYPE_CODE_UNION
5696 || (is_dynamic_field (type
, field_num
)
5697 && (TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (field_type
))
5698 == TYPE_CODE_UNION
)));
5701 /* Assuming that VAR_TYPE is a variant wrapper (type of the variant part)
5702 whose discriminants are contained in the record type OUTER_TYPE,
5703 returns the type of the controlling discriminant for the variant.
5704 May return NULL if the type could not be found. */
5707 ada_variant_discrim_type (struct type
*var_type
, struct type
*outer_type
)
5709 char *name
= ada_variant_discrim_name (var_type
);
5710 return ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (outer_type
, name
, 1, 1, NULL
);
5713 /* Assuming that TYPE is the type of a variant wrapper, and FIELD_NUM is a
5714 valid field number within it, returns 1 iff field FIELD_NUM of TYPE
5715 represents a 'when others' clause; otherwise 0. */
5718 ada_is_others_clause (struct type
*type
, int field_num
)
5720 const char *name
= TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type
, field_num
);
5721 return (name
!= NULL
&& name
[0] == 'O');
5724 /* Assuming that TYPE0 is the type of the variant part of a record,
5725 returns the name of the discriminant controlling the variant.
5726 The value is valid until the next call to ada_variant_discrim_name. */
5729 ada_variant_discrim_name (struct type
*type0
)
5731 static char *result
= NULL
;
5732 static size_t result_len
= 0;
5735 const char *discrim_end
;
5736 const char *discrim_start
;
5738 if (TYPE_CODE (type0
) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
5739 type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0
);
5743 name
= ada_type_name (type
);
5745 if (name
== NULL
|| name
[0] == '\000')
5748 for (discrim_end
= name
+ strlen (name
) - 6; discrim_end
!= name
;
5751 if (strncmp (discrim_end
, "___XVN", 6) == 0)
5754 if (discrim_end
== name
)
5757 for (discrim_start
= discrim_end
; discrim_start
!= name
+ 3;
5760 if (discrim_start
== name
+ 1)
5762 if ((discrim_start
> name
+ 3
5763 && strncmp (discrim_start
- 3, "___", 3) == 0)
5764 || discrim_start
[-1] == '.')
5768 GROW_VECT (result
, result_len
, discrim_end
- discrim_start
+ 1);
5769 strncpy (result
, discrim_start
, discrim_end
- discrim_start
);
5770 result
[discrim_end
- discrim_start
] = '\0';
5774 /* Scan STR for a subtype-encoded number, beginning at position K.
5775 Put the position of the character just past the number scanned in
5776 *NEW_K, if NEW_K!=NULL. Put the scanned number in *R, if R!=NULL.
5777 Return 1 if there was a valid number at the given position, and 0
5778 otherwise. A "subtype-encoded" number consists of the absolute value
5779 in decimal, followed by the letter 'm' to indicate a negative number.
5780 Assumes 0m does not occur. */
5783 ada_scan_number (const char str
[], int k
, LONGEST
* R
, int *new_k
)
5787 if (!isdigit (str
[k
]))
5790 /* Do it the hard way so as not to make any assumption about
5791 the relationship of unsigned long (%lu scan format code) and
5794 while (isdigit (str
[k
]))
5796 RU
= RU
* 10 + (str
[k
] - '0');
5803 *R
= (-(LONGEST
) (RU
- 1)) - 1;
5809 /* NOTE on the above: Technically, C does not say what the results of
5810 - (LONGEST) RU or (LONGEST) -RU are for RU == largest positive
5811 number representable as a LONGEST (although either would probably work
5812 in most implementations). When RU>0, the locution in the then branch
5813 above is always equivalent to the negative of RU. */
5820 /* Assuming that TYPE is a variant part wrapper type (a VARIANTS field),
5821 and FIELD_NUM is a valid field number within it, returns 1 iff VAL is
5822 in the range encoded by field FIELD_NUM of TYPE; otherwise 0. */
5825 ada_in_variant (LONGEST val
, struct type
*type
, int field_num
)
5827 const char *name
= TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type
, field_num
);
5840 if (!ada_scan_number (name
, p
+ 1, &W
, &p
))
5849 if (!ada_scan_number (name
, p
+ 1, &L
, &p
)
5850 || name
[p
] != 'T' || !ada_scan_number (name
, p
+ 1, &U
, &p
))
5852 if (val
>= L
&& val
<= U
)
5864 /* FIXME: Lots of redundancy below. Try to consolidate. */
5866 /* Given a value ARG1 (offset by OFFSET bytes) of a struct or union type
5867 ARG_TYPE, extract and return the value of one of its (non-static)
5868 fields. FIELDNO says which field. Differs from value_primitive_field
5869 only in that it can handle packed values of arbitrary type. */
5871 static struct value
*
5872 ada_value_primitive_field (struct value
*arg1
, int offset
, int fieldno
,
5873 struct type
*arg_type
)
5877 arg_type
= ada_check_typedef (arg_type
);
5878 type
= TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (arg_type
, fieldno
);
5880 /* Handle packed fields. */
5882 if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (arg_type
, fieldno
) != 0)
5884 int bit_pos
= TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (arg_type
, fieldno
);
5885 int bit_size
= TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (arg_type
, fieldno
);
5887 return ada_value_primitive_packed_val (arg1
, value_contents (arg1
),
5888 offset
+ bit_pos
/ 8,
5889 bit_pos
% 8, bit_size
, type
);
5892 return value_primitive_field (arg1
, offset
, fieldno
, arg_type
);
5895 /* Find field with name NAME in object of type TYPE. If found,
5896 set the following for each argument that is non-null:
5897 - *FIELD_TYPE_P to the field's type;
5898 - *BYTE_OFFSET_P to OFFSET + the byte offset of the field within
5899 an object of that type;
5900 - *BIT_OFFSET_P to the bit offset modulo byte size of the field;
5901 - *BIT_SIZE_P to its size in bits if the field is packed, and
5903 If INDEX_P is non-null, increment *INDEX_P by the number of source-visible
5904 fields up to but not including the desired field, or by the total
5905 number of fields if not found. A NULL value of NAME never
5906 matches; the function just counts visible fields in this case.
5908 Returns 1 if found, 0 otherwise. */
5911 find_struct_field (char *name
, struct type
*type
, int offset
,
5912 struct type
**field_type_p
,
5913 int *byte_offset_p
, int *bit_offset_p
, int *bit_size_p
,
5918 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
5920 if (field_type_p
!= NULL
)
5921 *field_type_p
= NULL
;
5922 if (byte_offset_p
!= NULL
)
5924 if (bit_offset_p
!= NULL
)
5926 if (bit_size_p
!= NULL
)
5929 for (i
= 0; i
< TYPE_NFIELDS (type
); i
+= 1)
5931 int bit_pos
= TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type
, i
);
5932 int fld_offset
= offset
+ bit_pos
/ 8;
5933 char *t_field_name
= TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type
, i
);
5935 if (t_field_name
== NULL
)
5938 else if (name
!= NULL
&& field_name_match (t_field_name
, name
))
5940 int bit_size
= TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type
, i
);
5941 if (field_type_p
!= NULL
)
5942 *field_type_p
= TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type
, i
);
5943 if (byte_offset_p
!= NULL
)
5944 *byte_offset_p
= fld_offset
;
5945 if (bit_offset_p
!= NULL
)
5946 *bit_offset_p
= bit_pos
% 8;
5947 if (bit_size_p
!= NULL
)
5948 *bit_size_p
= bit_size
;
5951 else if (ada_is_wrapper_field (type
, i
))
5953 if (find_struct_field (name
, TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type
, i
), fld_offset
,
5954 field_type_p
, byte_offset_p
, bit_offset_p
,
5955 bit_size_p
, index_p
))
5958 else if (ada_is_variant_part (type
, i
))
5960 /* PNH: Wait. Do we ever execute this section, or is ARG always of
5963 struct type
*field_type
5964 = ada_check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type
, i
));
5966 for (j
= 0; j
< TYPE_NFIELDS (field_type
); j
+= 1)
5968 if (find_struct_field (name
, TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (field_type
, j
),
5970 + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (field_type
, j
) / 8,
5971 field_type_p
, byte_offset_p
,
5972 bit_offset_p
, bit_size_p
, index_p
))
5976 else if (index_p
!= NULL
)
5982 /* Number of user-visible fields in record type TYPE. */
5985 num_visible_fields (struct type
*type
)
5989 find_struct_field (NULL
, type
, 0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &n
);
5993 /* Look for a field NAME in ARG. Adjust the address of ARG by OFFSET bytes,
5994 and search in it assuming it has (class) type TYPE.
5995 If found, return value, else return NULL.
5997 Searches recursively through wrapper fields (e.g., '_parent'). */
5999 static struct value
*
6000 ada_search_struct_field (char *name
, struct value
*arg
, int offset
,
6004 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
6006 for (i
= 0; i
< TYPE_NFIELDS (type
); i
+= 1)
6008 char *t_field_name
= TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type
, i
);
6010 if (t_field_name
== NULL
)
6013 else if (field_name_match (t_field_name
, name
))
6014 return ada_value_primitive_field (arg
, offset
, i
, type
);
6016 else if (ada_is_wrapper_field (type
, i
))
6018 struct value
*v
= /* Do not let indent join lines here. */
6019 ada_search_struct_field (name
, arg
,
6020 offset
+ TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type
, i
) / 8,
6021 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type
, i
));
6026 else if (ada_is_variant_part (type
, i
))
6028 /* PNH: Do we ever get here? See find_struct_field. */
6030 struct type
*field_type
= ada_check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type
, i
));
6031 int var_offset
= offset
+ TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type
, i
) / 8;
6033 for (j
= 0; j
< TYPE_NFIELDS (field_type
); j
+= 1)
6035 struct value
*v
= ada_search_struct_field
/* Force line break. */
6037 var_offset
+ TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (field_type
, j
) / 8,
6038 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (field_type
, j
));
6047 static struct value
*ada_index_struct_field_1 (int *, struct value
*,
6048 int, struct type
*);
6051 /* Return field #INDEX in ARG, where the index is that returned by
6052 * find_struct_field through its INDEX_P argument. Adjust the address
6053 * of ARG by OFFSET bytes, and search in it assuming it has (class) type TYPE.
6054 * If found, return value, else return NULL. */
6056 static struct value
*
6057 ada_index_struct_field (int index
, struct value
*arg
, int offset
,
6060 return ada_index_struct_field_1 (&index
, arg
, offset
, type
);
6064 /* Auxiliary function for ada_index_struct_field. Like
6065 * ada_index_struct_field, but takes index from *INDEX_P and modifies
6068 static struct value
*
6069 ada_index_struct_field_1 (int *index_p
, struct value
*arg
, int offset
,
6073 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
6075 for (i
= 0; i
< TYPE_NFIELDS (type
); i
+= 1)
6077 if (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type
, i
) == NULL
)
6079 else if (ada_is_wrapper_field (type
, i
))
6081 struct value
*v
= /* Do not let indent join lines here. */
6082 ada_index_struct_field_1 (index_p
, arg
,
6083 offset
+ TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type
, i
) / 8,
6084 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type
, i
));
6089 else if (ada_is_variant_part (type
, i
))
6091 /* PNH: Do we ever get here? See ada_search_struct_field,
6092 find_struct_field. */
6093 error (_("Cannot assign this kind of variant record"));
6095 else if (*index_p
== 0)
6096 return ada_value_primitive_field (arg
, offset
, i
, type
);
6103 /* Given ARG, a value of type (pointer or reference to a)*
6104 structure/union, extract the component named NAME from the ultimate
6105 target structure/union and return it as a value with its
6108 The routine searches for NAME among all members of the structure itself
6109 and (recursively) among all members of any wrapper members
6112 If NO_ERR, then simply return NULL in case of error, rather than
6116 ada_value_struct_elt (struct value
*arg
, char *name
, int no_err
)
6118 struct type
*t
, *t1
;
6122 t1
= t
= ada_check_typedef (value_type (arg
));
6123 if (TYPE_CODE (t
) == TYPE_CODE_REF
)
6125 t1
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (t
);
6128 t1
= ada_check_typedef (t1
);
6129 if (TYPE_CODE (t1
) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
6131 arg
= coerce_ref (arg
);
6136 while (TYPE_CODE (t
) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
6138 t1
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (t
);
6141 t1
= ada_check_typedef (t1
);
6142 if (TYPE_CODE (t1
) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
6144 arg
= value_ind (arg
);
6151 if (TYPE_CODE (t1
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
&& TYPE_CODE (t1
) != TYPE_CODE_UNION
)
6155 v
= ada_search_struct_field (name
, arg
, 0, t
);
6158 int bit_offset
, bit_size
, byte_offset
;
6159 struct type
*field_type
;
6162 if (TYPE_CODE (t
) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
6163 address
= value_as_address (arg
);
6165 address
= unpack_pointer (t
, value_contents (arg
));
6167 t1
= ada_to_fixed_type (ada_get_base_type (t1
), NULL
, address
, NULL
, 1);
6168 if (find_struct_field (name
, t1
, 0,
6169 &field_type
, &byte_offset
, &bit_offset
,
6174 if (TYPE_CODE (t
) == TYPE_CODE_REF
)
6175 arg
= ada_coerce_ref (arg
);
6177 arg
= ada_value_ind (arg
);
6178 v
= ada_value_primitive_packed_val (arg
, NULL
, byte_offset
,
6179 bit_offset
, bit_size
,
6183 v
= value_at_lazy (field_type
, address
+ byte_offset
);
6187 if (v
!= NULL
|| no_err
)
6190 error (_("There is no member named %s."), name
);
6196 error (_("Attempt to extract a component of a value that is not a record."));
6199 /* Given a type TYPE, look up the type of the component of type named NAME.
6200 If DISPP is non-null, add its byte displacement from the beginning of a
6201 structure (pointed to by a value) of type TYPE to *DISPP (does not
6202 work for packed fields).
6204 Matches any field whose name has NAME as a prefix, possibly
6207 TYPE can be either a struct or union. If REFOK, TYPE may also
6208 be a (pointer or reference)+ to a struct or union, and the
6209 ultimate target type will be searched.
6211 Looks recursively into variant clauses and parent types.
6213 If NOERR is nonzero, return NULL if NAME is not suitably defined or
6214 TYPE is not a type of the right kind. */
6216 static struct type
*
6217 ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (struct type
*type
, char *name
, int refok
,
6218 int noerr
, int *dispp
)
6225 if (refok
&& type
!= NULL
)
6228 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
6229 if (TYPE_CODE (type
) != TYPE_CODE_PTR
6230 && TYPE_CODE (type
) != TYPE_CODE_REF
)
6232 type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
);
6236 || (TYPE_CODE (type
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
6237 && TYPE_CODE (type
) != TYPE_CODE_UNION
))
6243 target_terminal_ours ();
6244 gdb_flush (gdb_stdout
);
6246 error (_("Type (null) is not a structure or union type"));
6249 /* XXX: type_sprint */
6250 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stderr
, _("Type "));
6251 type_print (type
, "", gdb_stderr
, -1);
6252 error (_(" is not a structure or union type"));
6257 type
= to_static_fixed_type (type
);
6259 for (i
= 0; i
< TYPE_NFIELDS (type
); i
+= 1)
6261 char *t_field_name
= TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type
, i
);
6265 if (t_field_name
== NULL
)
6268 else if (field_name_match (t_field_name
, name
))
6271 *dispp
+= TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type
, i
) / 8;
6272 return ada_check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type
, i
));
6275 else if (ada_is_wrapper_field (type
, i
))
6278 t
= ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type
, i
), name
,
6283 *dispp
+= disp
+ TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type
, i
) / 8;
6288 else if (ada_is_variant_part (type
, i
))
6291 struct type
*field_type
= ada_check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type
, i
));
6293 for (j
= TYPE_NFIELDS (field_type
) - 1; j
>= 0; j
-= 1)
6295 /* FIXME pnh 2008/01/26: We check for a field that is
6296 NOT wrapped in a struct, since the compiler sometimes
6297 generates these for unchecked variant types. Revisit
6298 if the compiler changes this practice. */
6299 char *v_field_name
= TYPE_FIELD_NAME (field_type
, j
);
6301 if (v_field_name
!= NULL
6302 && field_name_match (v_field_name
, name
))
6303 t
= ada_check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (field_type
, j
));
6305 t
= ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (field_type
, j
),
6311 *dispp
+= disp
+ TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type
, i
) / 8;
6322 target_terminal_ours ();
6323 gdb_flush (gdb_stdout
);
6326 /* XXX: type_sprint */
6327 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stderr
, _("Type "));
6328 type_print (type
, "", gdb_stderr
, -1);
6329 error (_(" has no component named <null>"));
6333 /* XXX: type_sprint */
6334 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stderr
, _("Type "));
6335 type_print (type
, "", gdb_stderr
, -1);
6336 error (_(" has no component named %s"), name
);
6343 /* Assuming that VAR_TYPE is the type of a variant part of a record (a union),
6344 within a value of type OUTER_TYPE, return true iff VAR_TYPE
6345 represents an unchecked union (that is, the variant part of a
6346 record that is named in an Unchecked_Union pragma). */
6349 is_unchecked_variant (struct type
*var_type
, struct type
*outer_type
)
6351 char *discrim_name
= ada_variant_discrim_name (var_type
);
6352 return (ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (outer_type
, discrim_name
, 0, 1, NULL
)
6357 /* Assuming that VAR_TYPE is the type of a variant part of a record (a union),
6358 within a value of type OUTER_TYPE that is stored in GDB at
6359 OUTER_VALADDR, determine which variant clause (field number in VAR_TYPE,
6360 numbering from 0) is applicable. Returns -1 if none are. */
6363 ada_which_variant_applies (struct type
*var_type
, struct type
*outer_type
,
6364 const gdb_byte
*outer_valaddr
)
6368 char *discrim_name
= ada_variant_discrim_name (var_type
);
6369 struct value
*outer
;
6370 struct value
*discrim
;
6371 LONGEST discrim_val
;
6373 outer
= value_from_contents_and_address (outer_type
, outer_valaddr
, 0);
6374 discrim
= ada_value_struct_elt (outer
, discrim_name
, 1);
6375 if (discrim
== NULL
)
6377 discrim_val
= value_as_long (discrim
);
6380 for (i
= 0; i
< TYPE_NFIELDS (var_type
); i
+= 1)
6382 if (ada_is_others_clause (var_type
, i
))
6384 else if (ada_in_variant (discrim_val
, var_type
, i
))
6388 return others_clause
;
6393 /* Dynamic-Sized Records */
6395 /* Strategy: The type ostensibly attached to a value with dynamic size
6396 (i.e., a size that is not statically recorded in the debugging
6397 data) does not accurately reflect the size or layout of the value.
6398 Our strategy is to convert these values to values with accurate,
6399 conventional types that are constructed on the fly. */
6401 /* There is a subtle and tricky problem here. In general, we cannot
6402 determine the size of dynamic records without its data. However,
6403 the 'struct value' data structure, which GDB uses to represent
6404 quantities in the inferior process (the target), requires the size
6405 of the type at the time of its allocation in order to reserve space
6406 for GDB's internal copy of the data. That's why the
6407 'to_fixed_xxx_type' routines take (target) addresses as parameters,
6408 rather than struct value*s.
6410 However, GDB's internal history variables ($1, $2, etc.) are
6411 struct value*s containing internal copies of the data that are not, in
6412 general, the same as the data at their corresponding addresses in
6413 the target. Fortunately, the types we give to these values are all
6414 conventional, fixed-size types (as per the strategy described
6415 above), so that we don't usually have to perform the
6416 'to_fixed_xxx_type' conversions to look at their values.
6417 Unfortunately, there is one exception: if one of the internal
6418 history variables is an array whose elements are unconstrained
6419 records, then we will need to create distinct fixed types for each
6420 element selected. */
6422 /* The upshot of all of this is that many routines take a (type, host
6423 address, target address) triple as arguments to represent a value.
6424 The host address, if non-null, is supposed to contain an internal
6425 copy of the relevant data; otherwise, the program is to consult the
6426 target at the target address. */
6428 /* Assuming that VAL0 represents a pointer value, the result of
6429 dereferencing it. Differs from value_ind in its treatment of
6430 dynamic-sized types. */
6433 ada_value_ind (struct value
*val0
)
6435 struct value
*val
= unwrap_value (value_ind (val0
));
6436 return ada_to_fixed_value (val
);
6439 /* The value resulting from dereferencing any "reference to"
6440 qualifiers on VAL0. */
6442 static struct value
*
6443 ada_coerce_ref (struct value
*val0
)
6445 if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (val0
)) == TYPE_CODE_REF
)
6447 struct value
*val
= val0
;
6448 val
= coerce_ref (val
);
6449 val
= unwrap_value (val
);
6450 return ada_to_fixed_value (val
);
6456 /* Return OFF rounded upward if necessary to a multiple of
6457 ALIGNMENT (a power of 2). */
6460 align_value (unsigned int off
, unsigned int alignment
)
6462 return (off
+ alignment
- 1) & ~(alignment
- 1);
6465 /* Return the bit alignment required for field #F of template type TYPE. */
6468 field_alignment (struct type
*type
, int f
)
6470 const char *name
= TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type
, f
);
6474 /* The field name should never be null, unless the debugging information
6475 is somehow malformed. In this case, we assume the field does not
6476 require any alignment. */
6480 len
= strlen (name
);
6482 if (!isdigit (name
[len
- 1]))
6485 if (isdigit (name
[len
- 2]))
6486 align_offset
= len
- 2;
6488 align_offset
= len
- 1;
6490 if (align_offset
< 7 || strncmp ("___XV", name
+ align_offset
- 6, 5) != 0)
6491 return TARGET_CHAR_BIT
;
6493 return atoi (name
+ align_offset
) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT
;
6496 /* Find a symbol named NAME. Ignores ambiguity. */
6499 ada_find_any_symbol (const char *name
)
6503 sym
= standard_lookup (name
, get_selected_block (NULL
), VAR_DOMAIN
);
6504 if (sym
!= NULL
&& SYMBOL_CLASS (sym
) == LOC_TYPEDEF
)
6507 sym
= standard_lookup (name
, NULL
, STRUCT_DOMAIN
);
6511 /* Find a type named NAME. Ignores ambiguity. This routine will look
6512 solely for types defined by debug info, it will not search the GDB
6516 ada_find_any_type (const char *name
)
6518 struct symbol
*sym
= ada_find_any_symbol (name
);
6521 return SYMBOL_TYPE (sym
);
6526 /* Given NAME and an associated BLOCK, search all symbols for
6527 NAME suffixed with "___XR", which is the ``renaming'' symbol
6528 associated to NAME. Return this symbol if found, return
6532 ada_find_renaming_symbol (const char *name
, struct block
*block
)
6536 sym
= find_old_style_renaming_symbol (name
, block
);
6541 /* Not right yet. FIXME pnh 7/20/2007. */
6542 sym
= ada_find_any_symbol (name
);
6543 if (sym
!= NULL
&& strstr (SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (sym
), "___XR") != NULL
)
6549 static struct symbol
*
6550 find_old_style_renaming_symbol (const char *name
, struct block
*block
)
6552 const struct symbol
*function_sym
= block_linkage_function (block
);
6555 if (function_sym
!= NULL
)
6557 /* If the symbol is defined inside a function, NAME is not fully
6558 qualified. This means we need to prepend the function name
6559 as well as adding the ``___XR'' suffix to build the name of
6560 the associated renaming symbol. */
6561 char *function_name
= SYMBOL_LINKAGE_NAME (function_sym
);
6562 /* Function names sometimes contain suffixes used
6563 for instance to qualify nested subprograms. When building
6564 the XR type name, we need to make sure that this suffix is
6565 not included. So do not include any suffix in the function
6566 name length below. */
6567 int function_name_len
= ada_name_prefix_len (function_name
);
6568 const int rename_len
= function_name_len
+ 2 /* "__" */
6569 + strlen (name
) + 6 /* "___XR\0" */ ;
6571 /* Strip the suffix if necessary. */
6572 ada_remove_trailing_digits (function_name
, &function_name_len
);
6573 ada_remove_po_subprogram_suffix (function_name
, &function_name_len
);
6574 ada_remove_Xbn_suffix (function_name
, &function_name_len
);
6576 /* Library-level functions are a special case, as GNAT adds
6577 a ``_ada_'' prefix to the function name to avoid namespace
6578 pollution. However, the renaming symbols themselves do not
6579 have this prefix, so we need to skip this prefix if present. */
6580 if (function_name_len
> 5 /* "_ada_" */
6581 && strstr (function_name
, "_ada_") == function_name
)
6584 function_name_len
-= 5;
6587 rename
= (char *) alloca (rename_len
* sizeof (char));
6588 strncpy (rename
, function_name
, function_name_len
);
6589 xsnprintf (rename
+ function_name_len
, rename_len
- function_name_len
,
6594 const int rename_len
= strlen (name
) + 6;
6595 rename
= (char *) alloca (rename_len
* sizeof (char));
6596 xsnprintf (rename
, rename_len
* sizeof (char), "%s___XR", name
);
6599 return ada_find_any_symbol (rename
);
6602 /* Because of GNAT encoding conventions, several GDB symbols may match a
6603 given type name. If the type denoted by TYPE0 is to be preferred to
6604 that of TYPE1 for purposes of type printing, return non-zero;
6605 otherwise return 0. */
6608 ada_prefer_type (struct type
*type0
, struct type
*type1
)
6612 else if (type0
== NULL
)
6614 else if (TYPE_CODE (type1
) == TYPE_CODE_VOID
)
6616 else if (TYPE_CODE (type0
) == TYPE_CODE_VOID
)
6618 else if (TYPE_NAME (type1
) == NULL
&& TYPE_NAME (type0
) != NULL
)
6620 else if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (type0
))
6622 else if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type0
)
6623 && !ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type1
))
6627 const char *type0_name
= type_name_no_tag (type0
);
6628 const char *type1_name
= type_name_no_tag (type1
);
6630 if (type0_name
!= NULL
&& strstr (type0_name
, "___XR") != NULL
6631 && (type1_name
== NULL
|| strstr (type1_name
, "___XR") == NULL
))
6637 /* The name of TYPE, which is either its TYPE_NAME, or, if that is
6638 null, its TYPE_TAG_NAME. Null if TYPE is null. */
6641 ada_type_name (struct type
*type
)
6645 else if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != NULL
)
6646 return TYPE_NAME (type
);
6648 return TYPE_TAG_NAME (type
);
6651 /* Search the list of "descriptive" types associated to TYPE for a type
6652 whose name is NAME. */
6654 static struct type
*
6655 find_parallel_type_by_descriptive_type (struct type
*type
, const char *name
)
6657 struct type
*result
;
6659 /* If there no descriptive-type info, then there is no parallel type
6661 if (!HAVE_GNAT_AUX_INFO (type
))
6664 result
= TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE_TYPE (type
);
6665 while (result
!= NULL
)
6667 char *result_name
= ada_type_name (result
);
6669 if (result_name
== NULL
)
6671 warning (_("unexpected null name on descriptive type"));
6675 /* If the names match, stop. */
6676 if (strcmp (result_name
, name
) == 0)
6679 /* Otherwise, look at the next item on the list, if any. */
6680 if (HAVE_GNAT_AUX_INFO (result
))
6681 result
= TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE_TYPE (result
);
6686 /* If we didn't find a match, see whether this is a packed array. With
6687 older compilers, the descriptive type information is either absent or
6688 irrelevant when it comes to packed arrays so the above lookup fails.
6689 Fall back to using a parallel lookup by name in this case. */
6690 if (result
== NULL
&& ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (type
))
6691 return ada_find_any_type (name
);
6696 /* Find a parallel type to TYPE with the specified NAME, using the
6697 descriptive type taken from the debugging information, if available,
6698 and otherwise using the (slower) name-based method. */
6700 static struct type
*
6701 ada_find_parallel_type_with_name (struct type
*type
, const char *name
)
6703 struct type
*result
= NULL
;
6705 if (HAVE_GNAT_AUX_INFO (type
))
6706 result
= find_parallel_type_by_descriptive_type (type
, name
);
6708 result
= ada_find_any_type (name
);
6713 /* Same as above, but specify the name of the parallel type by appending
6714 SUFFIX to the name of TYPE. */
6717 ada_find_parallel_type (struct type
*type
, const char *suffix
)
6719 char *name
, *typename
= ada_type_name (type
);
6722 if (typename
== NULL
)
6725 len
= strlen (typename
);
6727 name
= (char *) alloca (len
+ strlen (suffix
) + 1);
6729 strcpy (name
, typename
);
6730 strcpy (name
+ len
, suffix
);
6732 return ada_find_parallel_type_with_name (type
, name
);
6735 /* If TYPE is a variable-size record type, return the corresponding template
6736 type describing its fields. Otherwise, return NULL. */
6738 static struct type
*
6739 dynamic_template_type (struct type
*type
)
6741 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
6743 if (type
== NULL
|| TYPE_CODE (type
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
6744 || ada_type_name (type
) == NULL
)
6748 int len
= strlen (ada_type_name (type
));
6749 if (len
> 6 && strcmp (ada_type_name (type
) + len
- 6, "___XVE") == 0)
6752 return ada_find_parallel_type (type
, "___XVE");
6756 /* Assuming that TEMPL_TYPE is a union or struct type, returns
6757 non-zero iff field FIELD_NUM of TEMPL_TYPE has dynamic size. */
6760 is_dynamic_field (struct type
*templ_type
, int field_num
)
6762 const char *name
= TYPE_FIELD_NAME (templ_type
, field_num
);
6764 && TYPE_CODE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (templ_type
, field_num
)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
6765 && strstr (name
, "___XVL") != NULL
;
6768 /* The index of the variant field of TYPE, or -1 if TYPE does not
6769 represent a variant record type. */
6772 variant_field_index (struct type
*type
)
6776 if (type
== NULL
|| TYPE_CODE (type
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
)
6779 for (f
= 0; f
< TYPE_NFIELDS (type
); f
+= 1)
6781 if (ada_is_variant_part (type
, f
))
6787 /* A record type with no fields. */
6789 static struct type
*
6790 empty_record (struct type
*template)
6792 struct type
*type
= alloc_type_copy (template);
6793 TYPE_CODE (type
) = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
;
6794 TYPE_NFIELDS (type
) = 0;
6795 TYPE_FIELDS (type
) = NULL
;
6796 INIT_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (type
);
6797 TYPE_NAME (type
) = "<empty>";
6798 TYPE_TAG_NAME (type
) = NULL
;
6799 TYPE_LENGTH (type
) = 0;
6803 /* An ordinary record type (with fixed-length fields) that describes
6804 the value of type TYPE at VALADDR or ADDRESS (see comments at
6805 the beginning of this section) VAL according to GNAT conventions.
6806 DVAL0 should describe the (portion of a) record that contains any
6807 necessary discriminants. It should be NULL if value_type (VAL) is
6808 an outer-level type (i.e., as opposed to a branch of a variant.) A
6809 variant field (unless unchecked) is replaced by a particular branch
6812 If not KEEP_DYNAMIC_FIELDS, then all fields whose position or
6813 length are not statically known are discarded. As a consequence,
6814 VALADDR, ADDRESS and DVAL0 are ignored.
6816 NOTE: Limitations: For now, we assume that dynamic fields and
6817 variants occupy whole numbers of bytes. However, they need not be
6821 ada_template_to_fixed_record_type_1 (struct type
*type
,
6822 const gdb_byte
*valaddr
,
6823 CORE_ADDR address
, struct value
*dval0
,
6824 int keep_dynamic_fields
)
6826 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
6829 int nfields
, bit_len
;
6832 int fld_bit_len
, bit_incr
;
6835 /* Compute the number of fields in this record type that are going
6836 to be processed: unless keep_dynamic_fields, this includes only
6837 fields whose position and length are static will be processed. */
6838 if (keep_dynamic_fields
)
6839 nfields
= TYPE_NFIELDS (type
);
6843 while (nfields
< TYPE_NFIELDS (type
)
6844 && !ada_is_variant_part (type
, nfields
)
6845 && !is_dynamic_field (type
, nfields
))
6849 rtype
= alloc_type_copy (type
);
6850 TYPE_CODE (rtype
) = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
;
6851 INIT_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (rtype
);
6852 TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype
) = nfields
;
6853 TYPE_FIELDS (rtype
) = (struct field
*)
6854 TYPE_ALLOC (rtype
, nfields
* sizeof (struct field
));
6855 memset (TYPE_FIELDS (rtype
), 0, sizeof (struct field
) * nfields
);
6856 TYPE_NAME (rtype
) = ada_type_name (type
);
6857 TYPE_TAG_NAME (rtype
) = NULL
;
6858 TYPE_FIXED_INSTANCE (rtype
) = 1;
6864 for (f
= 0; f
< nfields
; f
+= 1)
6866 off
= align_value (off
, field_alignment (type
, f
))
6867 + TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type
, f
);
6868 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (rtype
, f
) = off
;
6869 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (rtype
, f
) = 0;
6871 if (ada_is_variant_part (type
, f
))
6874 fld_bit_len
= bit_incr
= 0;
6876 else if (is_dynamic_field (type
, f
))
6878 const gdb_byte
*field_valaddr
= valaddr
;
6879 CORE_ADDR field_address
= address
;
6880 struct type
*field_type
=
6881 TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type
, f
));
6885 /* rtype's length is computed based on the run-time
6886 value of discriminants. If the discriminants are not
6887 initialized, the type size may be completely bogus and
6888 GDB may fail to allocate a value for it. So check the
6889 size first before creating the value. */
6891 dval
= value_from_contents_and_address (rtype
, valaddr
, address
);
6896 /* If the type referenced by this field is an aligner type, we need
6897 to unwrap that aligner type, because its size might not be set.
6898 Keeping the aligner type would cause us to compute the wrong
6899 size for this field, impacting the offset of the all the fields
6900 that follow this one. */
6901 if (ada_is_aligner_type (field_type
))
6903 long field_offset
= TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (field_type
, f
);
6905 field_valaddr
= cond_offset_host (field_valaddr
, field_offset
);
6906 field_address
= cond_offset_target (field_address
, field_offset
);
6907 field_type
= ada_aligned_type (field_type
);
6910 field_valaddr
= cond_offset_host (field_valaddr
,
6911 off
/ TARGET_CHAR_BIT
);
6912 field_address
= cond_offset_target (field_address
,
6913 off
/ TARGET_CHAR_BIT
);
6915 /* Get the fixed type of the field. Note that, in this case,
6916 we do not want to get the real type out of the tag: if
6917 the current field is the parent part of a tagged record,
6918 we will get the tag of the object. Clearly wrong: the real
6919 type of the parent is not the real type of the child. We
6920 would end up in an infinite loop. */
6921 field_type
= ada_get_base_type (field_type
);
6922 field_type
= ada_to_fixed_type (field_type
, field_valaddr
,
6923 field_address
, dval
, 0);
6925 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype
, f
) = field_type
;
6926 TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype
, f
) = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type
, f
);
6927 bit_incr
= fld_bit_len
=
6928 TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype
, f
)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT
;
6932 struct type
*field_type
= TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type
, f
);
6934 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype
, f
) = field_type
;
6935 TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype
, f
) = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type
, f
);
6936 if (TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type
, f
) > 0)
6937 bit_incr
= fld_bit_len
=
6938 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (rtype
, f
) = TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type
, f
);
6940 bit_incr
= fld_bit_len
=
6941 TYPE_LENGTH (ada_check_typedef (field_type
)) * TARGET_CHAR_BIT
;
6943 if (off
+ fld_bit_len
> bit_len
)
6944 bit_len
= off
+ fld_bit_len
;
6946 TYPE_LENGTH (rtype
) =
6947 align_value (bit_len
, TARGET_CHAR_BIT
) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT
;
6950 /* We handle the variant part, if any, at the end because of certain
6951 odd cases in which it is re-ordered so as NOT to be the last field of
6952 the record. This can happen in the presence of representation
6954 if (variant_field
>= 0)
6956 struct type
*branch_type
;
6958 off
= TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (rtype
, variant_field
);
6961 dval
= value_from_contents_and_address (rtype
, valaddr
, address
);
6966 to_fixed_variant_branch_type
6967 (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type
, variant_field
),
6968 cond_offset_host (valaddr
, off
/ TARGET_CHAR_BIT
),
6969 cond_offset_target (address
, off
/ TARGET_CHAR_BIT
), dval
);
6970 if (branch_type
== NULL
)
6972 for (f
= variant_field
+ 1; f
< TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype
); f
+= 1)
6973 TYPE_FIELDS (rtype
)[f
- 1] = TYPE_FIELDS (rtype
)[f
];
6974 TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype
) -= 1;
6978 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype
, variant_field
) = branch_type
;
6979 TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype
, variant_field
) = "S";
6981 TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype
, variant_field
)) *
6983 if (off
+ fld_bit_len
> bit_len
)
6984 bit_len
= off
+ fld_bit_len
;
6985 TYPE_LENGTH (rtype
) =
6986 align_value (bit_len
, TARGET_CHAR_BIT
) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT
;
6990 /* According to exp_dbug.ads, the size of TYPE for variable-size records
6991 should contain the alignment of that record, which should be a strictly
6992 positive value. If null or negative, then something is wrong, most
6993 probably in the debug info. In that case, we don't round up the size
6994 of the resulting type. If this record is not part of another structure,
6995 the current RTYPE length might be good enough for our purposes. */
6996 if (TYPE_LENGTH (type
) <= 0)
6998 if (TYPE_NAME (rtype
))
6999 warning (_("Invalid type size for `%s' detected: %d."),
7000 TYPE_NAME (rtype
), TYPE_LENGTH (type
));
7002 warning (_("Invalid type size for <unnamed> detected: %d."),
7003 TYPE_LENGTH (type
));
7007 TYPE_LENGTH (rtype
) = align_value (TYPE_LENGTH (rtype
),
7008 TYPE_LENGTH (type
));
7011 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
7012 if (TYPE_LENGTH (rtype
) > varsize_limit
)
7013 error (_("record type with dynamic size is larger than varsize-limit"));
7017 /* As for ada_template_to_fixed_record_type_1 with KEEP_DYNAMIC_FIELDS
7020 static struct type
*
7021 template_to_fixed_record_type (struct type
*type
, const gdb_byte
*valaddr
,
7022 CORE_ADDR address
, struct value
*dval0
)
7024 return ada_template_to_fixed_record_type_1 (type
, valaddr
,
7028 /* An ordinary record type in which ___XVL-convention fields and
7029 ___XVU- and ___XVN-convention field types in TYPE0 are replaced with
7030 static approximations, containing all possible fields. Uses
7031 no runtime values. Useless for use in values, but that's OK,
7032 since the results are used only for type determinations. Works on both
7033 structs and unions. Representation note: to save space, we memorize
7034 the result of this function in the TYPE_TARGET_TYPE of the
7037 static struct type
*
7038 template_to_static_fixed_type (struct type
*type0
)
7044 if (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0
) != NULL
)
7045 return TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0
);
7047 nfields
= TYPE_NFIELDS (type0
);
7050 for (f
= 0; f
< nfields
; f
+= 1)
7052 struct type
*field_type
= ada_check_typedef (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type0
, f
));
7053 struct type
*new_type
;
7055 if (is_dynamic_field (type0
, f
))
7056 new_type
= to_static_fixed_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (field_type
));
7058 new_type
= static_unwrap_type (field_type
);
7059 if (type
== type0
&& new_type
!= field_type
)
7061 TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0
) = type
= alloc_type_copy (type0
);
7062 TYPE_CODE (type
) = TYPE_CODE (type0
);
7063 INIT_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (type
);
7064 TYPE_NFIELDS (type
) = nfields
;
7065 TYPE_FIELDS (type
) = (struct field
*)
7066 TYPE_ALLOC (type
, nfields
* sizeof (struct field
));
7067 memcpy (TYPE_FIELDS (type
), TYPE_FIELDS (type0
),
7068 sizeof (struct field
) * nfields
);
7069 TYPE_NAME (type
) = ada_type_name (type0
);
7070 TYPE_TAG_NAME (type
) = NULL
;
7071 TYPE_FIXED_INSTANCE (type
) = 1;
7072 TYPE_LENGTH (type
) = 0;
7074 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type
, f
) = new_type
;
7075 TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type
, f
) = TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type0
, f
);
7080 /* Given an object of type TYPE whose contents are at VALADDR and
7081 whose address in memory is ADDRESS, returns a revision of TYPE,
7082 which should be a non-dynamic-sized record, in which the variant
7083 part, if any, is replaced with the appropriate branch. Looks
7084 for discriminant values in DVAL0, which can be NULL if the record
7085 contains the necessary discriminant values. */
7087 static struct type
*
7088 to_record_with_fixed_variant_part (struct type
*type
, const gdb_byte
*valaddr
,
7089 CORE_ADDR address
, struct value
*dval0
)
7091 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
7094 struct type
*branch_type
;
7095 int nfields
= TYPE_NFIELDS (type
);
7096 int variant_field
= variant_field_index (type
);
7098 if (variant_field
== -1)
7102 dval
= value_from_contents_and_address (type
, valaddr
, address
);
7106 rtype
= alloc_type_copy (type
);
7107 TYPE_CODE (rtype
) = TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
;
7108 INIT_CPLUS_SPECIFIC (rtype
);
7109 TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype
) = nfields
;
7110 TYPE_FIELDS (rtype
) =
7111 (struct field
*) TYPE_ALLOC (rtype
, nfields
* sizeof (struct field
));
7112 memcpy (TYPE_FIELDS (rtype
), TYPE_FIELDS (type
),
7113 sizeof (struct field
) * nfields
);
7114 TYPE_NAME (rtype
) = ada_type_name (type
);
7115 TYPE_TAG_NAME (rtype
) = NULL
;
7116 TYPE_FIXED_INSTANCE (rtype
) = 1;
7117 TYPE_LENGTH (rtype
) = TYPE_LENGTH (type
);
7119 branch_type
= to_fixed_variant_branch_type
7120 (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type
, variant_field
),
7121 cond_offset_host (valaddr
,
7122 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type
, variant_field
)
7124 cond_offset_target (address
,
7125 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type
, variant_field
)
7126 / TARGET_CHAR_BIT
), dval
);
7127 if (branch_type
== NULL
)
7130 for (f
= variant_field
+ 1; f
< nfields
; f
+= 1)
7131 TYPE_FIELDS (rtype
)[f
- 1] = TYPE_FIELDS (rtype
)[f
];
7132 TYPE_NFIELDS (rtype
) -= 1;
7136 TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (rtype
, variant_field
) = branch_type
;
7137 TYPE_FIELD_NAME (rtype
, variant_field
) = "S";
7138 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (rtype
, variant_field
) = 0;
7139 TYPE_LENGTH (rtype
) += TYPE_LENGTH (branch_type
);
7141 TYPE_LENGTH (rtype
) -= TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type
, variant_field
));
7143 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
7147 /* An ordinary record type (with fixed-length fields) that describes
7148 the value at (TYPE0, VALADDR, ADDRESS) [see explanation at
7149 beginning of this section]. Any necessary discriminants' values
7150 should be in DVAL, a record value; it may be NULL if the object
7151 at ADDR itself contains any necessary discriminant values.
7152 Additionally, VALADDR and ADDRESS may also be NULL if no discriminant
7153 values from the record are needed. Except in the case that DVAL,
7154 VALADDR, and ADDRESS are all 0 or NULL, a variant field (unless
7155 unchecked) is replaced by a particular branch of the variant.
7157 NOTE: the case in which DVAL and VALADDR are NULL and ADDRESS is 0
7158 is questionable and may be removed. It can arise during the
7159 processing of an unconstrained-array-of-record type where all the
7160 variant branches have exactly the same size. This is because in
7161 such cases, the compiler does not bother to use the XVS convention
7162 when encoding the record. I am currently dubious of this
7163 shortcut and suspect the compiler should be altered. FIXME. */
7165 static struct type
*
7166 to_fixed_record_type (struct type
*type0
, const gdb_byte
*valaddr
,
7167 CORE_ADDR address
, struct value
*dval
)
7169 struct type
*templ_type
;
7171 if (TYPE_FIXED_INSTANCE (type0
))
7174 templ_type
= dynamic_template_type (type0
);
7176 if (templ_type
!= NULL
)
7177 return template_to_fixed_record_type (templ_type
, valaddr
, address
, dval
);
7178 else if (variant_field_index (type0
) >= 0)
7180 if (dval
== NULL
&& valaddr
== NULL
&& address
== 0)
7182 return to_record_with_fixed_variant_part (type0
, valaddr
, address
,
7187 TYPE_FIXED_INSTANCE (type0
) = 1;
7193 /* An ordinary record type (with fixed-length fields) that describes
7194 the value at (VAR_TYPE0, VALADDR, ADDRESS), where VAR_TYPE0 is a
7195 union type. Any necessary discriminants' values should be in DVAL,
7196 a record value. That is, this routine selects the appropriate
7197 branch of the union at ADDR according to the discriminant value
7198 indicated in the union's type name. Returns VAR_TYPE0 itself if
7199 it represents a variant subject to a pragma Unchecked_Union. */
7201 static struct type
*
7202 to_fixed_variant_branch_type (struct type
*var_type0
, const gdb_byte
*valaddr
,
7203 CORE_ADDR address
, struct value
*dval
)
7206 struct type
*templ_type
;
7207 struct type
*var_type
;
7209 if (TYPE_CODE (var_type0
) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
7210 var_type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (var_type0
);
7212 var_type
= var_type0
;
7214 templ_type
= ada_find_parallel_type (var_type
, "___XVU");
7216 if (templ_type
!= NULL
)
7217 var_type
= templ_type
;
7219 if (is_unchecked_variant (var_type
, value_type (dval
)))
7222 ada_which_variant_applies (var_type
,
7223 value_type (dval
), value_contents (dval
));
7226 return empty_record (var_type
);
7227 else if (is_dynamic_field (var_type
, which
))
7228 return to_fixed_record_type
7229 (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (var_type
, which
)),
7230 valaddr
, address
, dval
);
7231 else if (variant_field_index (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (var_type
, which
)) >= 0)
7233 to_fixed_record_type
7234 (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (var_type
, which
), valaddr
, address
, dval
);
7236 return TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (var_type
, which
);
7239 /* Assuming that TYPE0 is an array type describing the type of a value
7240 at ADDR, and that DVAL describes a record containing any
7241 discriminants used in TYPE0, returns a type for the value that
7242 contains no dynamic components (that is, no components whose sizes
7243 are determined by run-time quantities). Unless IGNORE_TOO_BIG is
7244 true, gives an error message if the resulting type's size is over
7247 static struct type
*
7248 to_fixed_array_type (struct type
*type0
, struct value
*dval
,
7251 struct type
*index_type_desc
;
7252 struct type
*result
;
7253 int constrained_packed_array_p
;
7255 if (TYPE_FIXED_INSTANCE (type0
))
7258 constrained_packed_array_p
= ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (type0
);
7259 if (constrained_packed_array_p
)
7260 type0
= decode_constrained_packed_array_type (type0
);
7262 index_type_desc
= ada_find_parallel_type (type0
, "___XA");
7263 if (index_type_desc
== NULL
)
7265 struct type
*elt_type0
= ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type0
));
7266 /* NOTE: elt_type---the fixed version of elt_type0---should never
7267 depend on the contents of the array in properly constructed
7269 /* Create a fixed version of the array element type.
7270 We're not providing the address of an element here,
7271 and thus the actual object value cannot be inspected to do
7272 the conversion. This should not be a problem, since arrays of
7273 unconstrained objects are not allowed. In particular, all
7274 the elements of an array of a tagged type should all be of
7275 the same type specified in the debugging info. No need to
7276 consult the object tag. */
7277 struct type
*elt_type
= ada_to_fixed_type (elt_type0
, 0, 0, dval
, 1);
7279 /* Make sure we always create a new array type when dealing with
7280 packed array types, since we're going to fix-up the array
7281 type length and element bitsize a little further down. */
7282 if (elt_type0
== elt_type
&& !constrained_packed_array_p
)
7285 result
= create_array_type (alloc_type_copy (type0
),
7286 elt_type
, TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (type0
));
7291 struct type
*elt_type0
;
7294 for (i
= TYPE_NFIELDS (index_type_desc
); i
> 0; i
-= 1)
7295 elt_type0
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (elt_type0
);
7297 /* NOTE: result---the fixed version of elt_type0---should never
7298 depend on the contents of the array in properly constructed
7300 /* Create a fixed version of the array element type.
7301 We're not providing the address of an element here,
7302 and thus the actual object value cannot be inspected to do
7303 the conversion. This should not be a problem, since arrays of
7304 unconstrained objects are not allowed. In particular, all
7305 the elements of an array of a tagged type should all be of
7306 the same type specified in the debugging info. No need to
7307 consult the object tag. */
7309 ada_to_fixed_type (ada_check_typedef (elt_type0
), 0, 0, dval
, 1);
7312 for (i
= TYPE_NFIELDS (index_type_desc
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
-= 1)
7314 struct type
*range_type
=
7315 to_fixed_range_type (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (index_type_desc
, i
),
7316 dval
, TYPE_INDEX_TYPE (elt_type0
));
7317 result
= create_array_type (alloc_type_copy (elt_type0
),
7318 result
, range_type
);
7319 elt_type0
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (elt_type0
);
7321 if (!ignore_too_big
&& TYPE_LENGTH (result
) > varsize_limit
)
7322 error (_("array type with dynamic size is larger than varsize-limit"));
7325 if (constrained_packed_array_p
)
7327 /* So far, the resulting type has been created as if the original
7328 type was a regular (non-packed) array type. As a result, the
7329 bitsize of the array elements needs to be set again, and the array
7330 length needs to be recomputed based on that bitsize. */
7331 int len
= TYPE_LENGTH (result
) / TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (result
));
7332 int elt_bitsize
= TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type0
, 0);
7334 TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (result
, 0) = TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (type0
, 0);
7335 TYPE_LENGTH (result
) = len
* elt_bitsize
/ HOST_CHAR_BIT
;
7336 if (TYPE_LENGTH (result
) * HOST_CHAR_BIT
< len
* elt_bitsize
)
7337 TYPE_LENGTH (result
)++;
7340 TYPE_FIXED_INSTANCE (result
) = 1;
7345 /* A standard type (containing no dynamically sized components)
7346 corresponding to TYPE for the value (TYPE, VALADDR, ADDRESS)
7347 DVAL describes a record containing any discriminants used in TYPE0,
7348 and may be NULL if there are none, or if the object of type TYPE at
7349 ADDRESS or in VALADDR contains these discriminants.
7351 If CHECK_TAG is not null, in the case of tagged types, this function
7352 attempts to locate the object's tag and use it to compute the actual
7353 type. However, when ADDRESS is null, we cannot use it to determine the
7354 location of the tag, and therefore compute the tagged type's actual type.
7355 So we return the tagged type without consulting the tag. */
7357 static struct type
*
7358 ada_to_fixed_type_1 (struct type
*type
, const gdb_byte
*valaddr
,
7359 CORE_ADDR address
, struct value
*dval
, int check_tag
)
7361 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
7362 switch (TYPE_CODE (type
))
7366 case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
:
7368 struct type
*static_type
= to_static_fixed_type (type
);
7369 struct type
*fixed_record_type
=
7370 to_fixed_record_type (type
, valaddr
, address
, NULL
);
7371 /* If STATIC_TYPE is a tagged type and we know the object's address,
7372 then we can determine its tag, and compute the object's actual
7373 type from there. Note that we have to use the fixed record
7374 type (the parent part of the record may have dynamic fields
7375 and the way the location of _tag is expressed may depend on
7378 if (check_tag
&& address
!= 0 && ada_is_tagged_type (static_type
, 0))
7380 struct type
*real_type
=
7381 type_from_tag (value_tag_from_contents_and_address
7385 if (real_type
!= NULL
)
7386 return to_fixed_record_type (real_type
, valaddr
, address
, NULL
);
7389 /* Check to see if there is a parallel ___XVZ variable.
7390 If there is, then it provides the actual size of our type. */
7391 else if (ada_type_name (fixed_record_type
) != NULL
)
7393 char *name
= ada_type_name (fixed_record_type
);
7394 char *xvz_name
= alloca (strlen (name
) + 7 /* "___XVZ\0" */);
7398 xsnprintf (xvz_name
, strlen (name
) + 7, "%s___XVZ", name
);
7399 size
= get_int_var_value (xvz_name
, &xvz_found
);
7400 if (xvz_found
&& TYPE_LENGTH (fixed_record_type
) != size
)
7402 fixed_record_type
= copy_type (fixed_record_type
);
7403 TYPE_LENGTH (fixed_record_type
) = size
;
7405 /* The FIXED_RECORD_TYPE may have be a stub. We have
7406 observed this when the debugging info is STABS, and
7407 apparently it is something that is hard to fix.
7409 In practice, we don't need the actual type definition
7410 at all, because the presence of the XVZ variable allows us
7411 to assume that there must be a XVS type as well, which we
7412 should be able to use later, when we need the actual type
7415 In the meantime, pretend that the "fixed" type we are
7416 returning is NOT a stub, because this can cause trouble
7417 when using this type to create new types targeting it.
7418 Indeed, the associated creation routines often check
7419 whether the target type is a stub and will try to replace
7420 it, thus using a type with the wrong size. This, in turn,
7421 might cause the new type to have the wrong size too.
7422 Consider the case of an array, for instance, where the size
7423 of the array is computed from the number of elements in
7424 our array multiplied by the size of its element. */
7425 TYPE_STUB (fixed_record_type
) = 0;
7428 return fixed_record_type
;
7430 case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
:
7431 return to_fixed_array_type (type
, dval
, 1);
7432 case TYPE_CODE_UNION
:
7436 return to_fixed_variant_branch_type (type
, valaddr
, address
, dval
);
7440 /* The same as ada_to_fixed_type_1, except that it preserves the type
7441 if it is a TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF of a type that is already fixed.
7442 ada_to_fixed_type_1 would return the type referenced by TYPE. */
7445 ada_to_fixed_type (struct type
*type
, const gdb_byte
*valaddr
,
7446 CORE_ADDR address
, struct value
*dval
, int check_tag
)
7449 struct type
*fixed_type
=
7450 ada_to_fixed_type_1 (type
, valaddr
, address
, dval
, check_tag
);
7452 if (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_TYPEDEF
7453 && TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
) == fixed_type
)
7459 /* A standard (static-sized) type corresponding as well as possible to
7460 TYPE0, but based on no runtime data. */
7462 static struct type
*
7463 to_static_fixed_type (struct type
*type0
)
7470 if (TYPE_FIXED_INSTANCE (type0
))
7473 type0
= ada_check_typedef (type0
);
7475 switch (TYPE_CODE (type0
))
7479 case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
:
7480 type
= dynamic_template_type (type0
);
7482 return template_to_static_fixed_type (type
);
7484 return template_to_static_fixed_type (type0
);
7485 case TYPE_CODE_UNION
:
7486 type
= ada_find_parallel_type (type0
, "___XVU");
7488 return template_to_static_fixed_type (type
);
7490 return template_to_static_fixed_type (type0
);
7494 /* A static approximation of TYPE with all type wrappers removed. */
7496 static struct type
*
7497 static_unwrap_type (struct type
*type
)
7499 if (ada_is_aligner_type (type
))
7501 struct type
*type1
= TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (ada_check_typedef (type
), 0);
7502 if (ada_type_name (type1
) == NULL
)
7503 TYPE_NAME (type1
) = ada_type_name (type
);
7505 return static_unwrap_type (type1
);
7509 struct type
*raw_real_type
= ada_get_base_type (type
);
7510 if (raw_real_type
== type
)
7513 return to_static_fixed_type (raw_real_type
);
7517 /* In some cases, incomplete and private types require
7518 cross-references that are not resolved as records (for example,
7520 type FooP is access Foo;
7522 type Foo is array ...;
7523 ). In these cases, since there is no mechanism for producing
7524 cross-references to such types, we instead substitute for FooP a
7525 stub enumeration type that is nowhere resolved, and whose tag is
7526 the name of the actual type. Call these types "non-record stubs". */
7528 /* A type equivalent to TYPE that is not a non-record stub, if one
7529 exists, otherwise TYPE. */
7532 ada_check_typedef (struct type
*type
)
7537 CHECK_TYPEDEF (type
);
7538 if (type
== NULL
|| TYPE_CODE (type
) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM
7539 || !TYPE_STUB (type
)
7540 || TYPE_TAG_NAME (type
) == NULL
)
7544 char *name
= TYPE_TAG_NAME (type
);
7545 struct type
*type1
= ada_find_any_type (name
);
7546 return (type1
== NULL
) ? type
: type1
;
7550 /* A value representing the data at VALADDR/ADDRESS as described by
7551 type TYPE0, but with a standard (static-sized) type that correctly
7552 describes it. If VAL0 is not NULL and TYPE0 already is a standard
7553 type, then return VAL0 [this feature is simply to avoid redundant
7554 creation of struct values]. */
7556 static struct value
*
7557 ada_to_fixed_value_create (struct type
*type0
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7560 struct type
*type
= ada_to_fixed_type (type0
, 0, address
, NULL
, 1);
7561 if (type
== type0
&& val0
!= NULL
)
7564 return value_from_contents_and_address (type
, 0, address
);
7567 /* A value representing VAL, but with a standard (static-sized) type
7568 that correctly describes it. Does not necessarily create a new
7571 static struct value
*
7572 ada_to_fixed_value (struct value
*val
)
7574 return ada_to_fixed_value_create (value_type (val
),
7575 value_address (val
),
7582 /* Table mapping attribute numbers to names.
7583 NOTE: Keep up to date with enum ada_attribute definition in ada-lang.h. */
7585 static const char *attribute_names
[] = {
7603 ada_attribute_name (enum exp_opcode n
)
7605 if (n
>= OP_ATR_FIRST
&& n
<= (int) OP_ATR_VAL
)
7606 return attribute_names
[n
- OP_ATR_FIRST
+ 1];
7608 return attribute_names
[0];
7611 /* Evaluate the 'POS attribute applied to ARG. */
7614 pos_atr (struct value
*arg
)
7616 struct value
*val
= coerce_ref (arg
);
7617 struct type
*type
= value_type (val
);
7619 if (!discrete_type_p (type
))
7620 error (_("'POS only defined on discrete types"));
7622 if (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM
)
7625 LONGEST v
= value_as_long (val
);
7627 for (i
= 0; i
< TYPE_NFIELDS (type
); i
+= 1)
7629 if (v
== TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type
, i
))
7632 error (_("enumeration value is invalid: can't find 'POS"));
7635 return value_as_long (val
);
7638 static struct value
*
7639 value_pos_atr (struct type
*type
, struct value
*arg
)
7641 return value_from_longest (type
, pos_atr (arg
));
7644 /* Evaluate the TYPE'VAL attribute applied to ARG. */
7646 static struct value
*
7647 value_val_atr (struct type
*type
, struct value
*arg
)
7649 if (!discrete_type_p (type
))
7650 error (_("'VAL only defined on discrete types"));
7651 if (!integer_type_p (value_type (arg
)))
7652 error (_("'VAL requires integral argument"));
7654 if (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_ENUM
)
7656 long pos
= value_as_long (arg
);
7657 if (pos
< 0 || pos
>= TYPE_NFIELDS (type
))
7658 error (_("argument to 'VAL out of range"));
7659 return value_from_longest (type
, TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type
, pos
));
7662 return value_from_longest (type
, value_as_long (arg
));
7668 /* True if TYPE appears to be an Ada character type.
7669 [At the moment, this is true only for Character and Wide_Character;
7670 It is a heuristic test that could stand improvement]. */
7673 ada_is_character_type (struct type
*type
)
7677 /* If the type code says it's a character, then assume it really is,
7678 and don't check any further. */
7679 if (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_CHAR
)
7682 /* Otherwise, assume it's a character type iff it is a discrete type
7683 with a known character type name. */
7684 name
= ada_type_name (type
);
7685 return (name
!= NULL
7686 && (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_INT
7687 || TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE
)
7688 && (strcmp (name
, "character") == 0
7689 || strcmp (name
, "wide_character") == 0
7690 || strcmp (name
, "wide_wide_character") == 0
7691 || strcmp (name
, "unsigned char") == 0));
7694 /* True if TYPE appears to be an Ada string type. */
7697 ada_is_string_type (struct type
*type
)
7699 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
7701 && TYPE_CODE (type
) != TYPE_CODE_PTR
7702 && (ada_is_simple_array_type (type
)
7703 || ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type
))
7704 && ada_array_arity (type
) == 1)
7706 struct type
*elttype
= ada_array_element_type (type
, 1);
7708 return ada_is_character_type (elttype
);
7714 /* The compiler sometimes provides a parallel XVS type for a given
7715 PAD type. Normally, it is safe to follow the PAD type directly,
7716 but older versions of the compiler have a bug that causes the offset
7717 of its "F" field to be wrong. Following that field in that case
7718 would lead to incorrect results, but this can be worked around
7719 by ignoring the PAD type and using the associated XVS type instead.
7721 Set to True if the debugger should trust the contents of PAD types.
7722 Otherwise, ignore the PAD type if there is a parallel XVS type. */
7723 static int trust_pad_over_xvs
= 1;
7725 /* True if TYPE is a struct type introduced by the compiler to force the
7726 alignment of a value. Such types have a single field with a
7727 distinctive name. */
7730 ada_is_aligner_type (struct type
*type
)
7732 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
7734 if (!trust_pad_over_xvs
&& ada_find_parallel_type (type
, "___XVS") != NULL
)
7737 return (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
7738 && TYPE_NFIELDS (type
) == 1
7739 && strcmp (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (type
, 0), "F") == 0);
7742 /* If there is an ___XVS-convention type parallel to SUBTYPE, return
7743 the parallel type. */
7746 ada_get_base_type (struct type
*raw_type
)
7748 struct type
*real_type_namer
;
7749 struct type
*raw_real_type
;
7751 if (raw_type
== NULL
|| TYPE_CODE (raw_type
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
)
7754 if (ada_is_aligner_type (raw_type
))
7755 /* The encoding specifies that we should always use the aligner type.
7756 So, even if this aligner type has an associated XVS type, we should
7759 According to the compiler gurus, an XVS type parallel to an aligner
7760 type may exist because of a stabs limitation. In stabs, aligner
7761 types are empty because the field has a variable-sized type, and
7762 thus cannot actually be used as an aligner type. As a result,
7763 we need the associated parallel XVS type to decode the type.
7764 Since the policy in the compiler is to not change the internal
7765 representation based on the debugging info format, we sometimes
7766 end up having a redundant XVS type parallel to the aligner type. */
7769 real_type_namer
= ada_find_parallel_type (raw_type
, "___XVS");
7770 if (real_type_namer
== NULL
7771 || TYPE_CODE (real_type_namer
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
7772 || TYPE_NFIELDS (real_type_namer
) != 1)
7775 if (TYPE_CODE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (real_type_namer
, 0)) != TYPE_CODE_REF
)
7777 /* This is an older encoding form where the base type needs to be
7778 looked up by name. We prefer the newer enconding because it is
7780 raw_real_type
= ada_find_any_type (TYPE_FIELD_NAME (real_type_namer
, 0));
7781 if (raw_real_type
== NULL
)
7784 return raw_real_type
;
7787 /* The field in our XVS type is a reference to the base type. */
7788 return TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (real_type_namer
, 0));
7791 /* The type of value designated by TYPE, with all aligners removed. */
7794 ada_aligned_type (struct type
*type
)
7796 if (ada_is_aligner_type (type
))
7797 return ada_aligned_type (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type
, 0));
7799 return ada_get_base_type (type
);
7803 /* The address of the aligned value in an object at address VALADDR
7804 having type TYPE. Assumes ada_is_aligner_type (TYPE). */
7807 ada_aligned_value_addr (struct type
*type
, const gdb_byte
*valaddr
)
7809 if (ada_is_aligner_type (type
))
7810 return ada_aligned_value_addr (TYPE_FIELD_TYPE (type
, 0),
7812 TYPE_FIELD_BITPOS (type
,
7813 0) / TARGET_CHAR_BIT
);
7820 /* The printed representation of an enumeration literal with encoded
7821 name NAME. The value is good to the next call of ada_enum_name. */
7823 ada_enum_name (const char *name
)
7825 static char *result
;
7826 static size_t result_len
= 0;
7829 /* First, unqualify the enumeration name:
7830 1. Search for the last '.' character. If we find one, then skip
7831 all the preceeding characters, the unqualified name starts
7832 right after that dot.
7833 2. Otherwise, we may be debugging on a target where the compiler
7834 translates dots into "__". Search forward for double underscores,
7835 but stop searching when we hit an overloading suffix, which is
7836 of the form "__" followed by digits. */
7838 tmp
= strrchr (name
, '.');
7843 while ((tmp
= strstr (name
, "__")) != NULL
)
7845 if (isdigit (tmp
[2]))
7855 if (name
[1] == 'U' || name
[1] == 'W')
7857 if (sscanf (name
+ 2, "%x", &v
) != 1)
7863 GROW_VECT (result
, result_len
, 16);
7864 if (isascii (v
) && isprint (v
))
7865 xsnprintf (result
, result_len
, "'%c'", v
);
7866 else if (name
[1] == 'U')
7867 xsnprintf (result
, result_len
, "[\"%02x\"]", v
);
7869 xsnprintf (result
, result_len
, "[\"%04x\"]", v
);
7875 tmp
= strstr (name
, "__");
7877 tmp
= strstr (name
, "$");
7880 GROW_VECT (result
, result_len
, tmp
- name
+ 1);
7881 strncpy (result
, name
, tmp
- name
);
7882 result
[tmp
- name
] = '\0';
7890 /* Evaluate the subexpression of EXP starting at *POS as for
7891 evaluate_type, updating *POS to point just past the evaluated
7894 static struct value
*
7895 evaluate_subexp_type (struct expression
*exp
, int *pos
)
7897 return evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
);
7900 /* If VAL is wrapped in an aligner or subtype wrapper, return the
7903 static struct value
*
7904 unwrap_value (struct value
*val
)
7906 struct type
*type
= ada_check_typedef (value_type (val
));
7907 if (ada_is_aligner_type (type
))
7909 struct value
*v
= ada_value_struct_elt (val
, "F", 0);
7910 struct type
*val_type
= ada_check_typedef (value_type (v
));
7911 if (ada_type_name (val_type
) == NULL
)
7912 TYPE_NAME (val_type
) = ada_type_name (type
);
7914 return unwrap_value (v
);
7918 struct type
*raw_real_type
=
7919 ada_check_typedef (ada_get_base_type (type
));
7921 /* If there is no parallel XVS or XVE type, then the value is
7922 already unwrapped. Return it without further modification. */
7923 if ((type
== raw_real_type
)
7924 && ada_find_parallel_type (type
, "___XVE") == NULL
)
7928 coerce_unspec_val_to_type
7929 (val
, ada_to_fixed_type (raw_real_type
, 0,
7930 value_address (val
),
7935 static struct value
*
7936 cast_to_fixed (struct type
*type
, struct value
*arg
)
7940 if (type
== value_type (arg
))
7942 else if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg
)))
7943 val
= ada_float_to_fixed (type
,
7944 ada_fixed_to_float (value_type (arg
),
7945 value_as_long (arg
)));
7948 DOUBLEST argd
= value_as_double (arg
);
7949 val
= ada_float_to_fixed (type
, argd
);
7952 return value_from_longest (type
, val
);
7955 static struct value
*
7956 cast_from_fixed (struct type
*type
, struct value
*arg
)
7958 DOUBLEST val
= ada_fixed_to_float (value_type (arg
),
7959 value_as_long (arg
));
7960 return value_from_double (type
, val
);
7963 /* Coerce VAL as necessary for assignment to an lval of type TYPE, and
7964 return the converted value. */
7966 static struct value
*
7967 coerce_for_assign (struct type
*type
, struct value
*val
)
7969 struct type
*type2
= value_type (val
);
7973 type2
= ada_check_typedef (type2
);
7974 type
= ada_check_typedef (type
);
7976 if (TYPE_CODE (type2
) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
7977 && TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
)
7979 val
= ada_value_ind (val
);
7980 type2
= value_type (val
);
7983 if (TYPE_CODE (type2
) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
7984 && TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
)
7986 if (TYPE_LENGTH (type2
) != TYPE_LENGTH (type
)
7987 || TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type2
))
7988 != TYPE_LENGTH (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type2
)))
7989 error (_("Incompatible types in assignment"));
7990 deprecated_set_value_type (val
, type
);
7995 static struct value
*
7996 ada_value_binop (struct value
*arg1
, struct value
*arg2
, enum exp_opcode op
)
7999 struct type
*type1
, *type2
;
8002 arg1
= coerce_ref (arg1
);
8003 arg2
= coerce_ref (arg2
);
8004 type1
= base_type (ada_check_typedef (value_type (arg1
)));
8005 type2
= base_type (ada_check_typedef (value_type (arg2
)));
8007 if (TYPE_CODE (type1
) != TYPE_CODE_INT
8008 || TYPE_CODE (type2
) != TYPE_CODE_INT
)
8009 return value_binop (arg1
, arg2
, op
);
8018 return value_binop (arg1
, arg2
, op
);
8021 v2
= value_as_long (arg2
);
8023 error (_("second operand of %s must not be zero."), op_string (op
));
8025 if (TYPE_UNSIGNED (type1
) || op
== BINOP_MOD
)
8026 return value_binop (arg1
, arg2
, op
);
8028 v1
= value_as_long (arg1
);
8033 if (!TRUNCATION_TOWARDS_ZERO
&& v1
* (v1
% v2
) < 0)
8034 v
+= v
> 0 ? -1 : 1;
8042 /* Should not reach this point. */
8046 val
= allocate_value (type1
);
8047 store_unsigned_integer (value_contents_raw (val
),
8048 TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (val
)),
8049 gdbarch_byte_order (get_type_arch (type1
)), v
);
8054 ada_value_equal (struct value
*arg1
, struct value
*arg2
)
8056 if (ada_is_direct_array_type (value_type (arg1
))
8057 || ada_is_direct_array_type (value_type (arg2
)))
8059 /* Automatically dereference any array reference before
8060 we attempt to perform the comparison. */
8061 arg1
= ada_coerce_ref (arg1
);
8062 arg2
= ada_coerce_ref (arg2
);
8064 arg1
= ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arg1
);
8065 arg2
= ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arg2
);
8066 if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (arg1
)) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
8067 || TYPE_CODE (value_type (arg2
)) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
)
8068 error (_("Attempt to compare array with non-array"));
8069 /* FIXME: The following works only for types whose
8070 representations use all bits (no padding or undefined bits)
8071 and do not have user-defined equality. */
8073 TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (arg1
)) == TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (arg2
))
8074 && memcmp (value_contents (arg1
), value_contents (arg2
),
8075 TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (arg1
))) == 0;
8077 return value_equal (arg1
, arg2
);
8080 /* Total number of component associations in the aggregate starting at
8081 index PC in EXP. Assumes that index PC is the start of an
8085 num_component_specs (struct expression
*exp
, int pc
)
8088 m
= exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].longconst
;
8091 for (i
= 0; i
< m
; i
+= 1)
8093 switch (exp
->elts
[pc
].opcode
)
8099 n
+= exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].longconst
;
8102 ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL
, exp
, &pc
, EVAL_SKIP
);
8107 /* Assign the result of evaluating EXP starting at *POS to the INDEXth
8108 component of LHS (a simple array or a record), updating *POS past
8109 the expression, assuming that LHS is contained in CONTAINER. Does
8110 not modify the inferior's memory, nor does it modify LHS (unless
8111 LHS == CONTAINER). */
8114 assign_component (struct value
*container
, struct value
*lhs
, LONGEST index
,
8115 struct expression
*exp
, int *pos
)
8117 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
8119 if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (lhs
)) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
)
8121 struct type
*index_type
= builtin_type (exp
->gdbarch
)->builtin_int
;
8122 struct value
*index_val
= value_from_longest (index_type
, index
);
8123 elt
= unwrap_value (ada_value_subscript (lhs
, 1, &index_val
));
8127 elt
= ada_index_struct_field (index
, lhs
, 0, value_type (lhs
));
8128 elt
= ada_to_fixed_value (unwrap_value (elt
));
8131 if (exp
->elts
[*pos
].opcode
== OP_AGGREGATE
)
8132 assign_aggregate (container
, elt
, exp
, pos
, EVAL_NORMAL
);
8134 value_assign_to_component (container
, elt
,
8135 ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL
, exp
, pos
,
8138 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
8141 /* Assuming that LHS represents an lvalue having a record or array
8142 type, and EXP->ELTS[*POS] is an OP_AGGREGATE, evaluate an assignment
8143 of that aggregate's value to LHS, advancing *POS past the
8144 aggregate. NOSIDE is as for evaluate_subexp. CONTAINER is an
8145 lvalue containing LHS (possibly LHS itself). Does not modify
8146 the inferior's memory, nor does it modify the contents of
8147 LHS (unless == CONTAINER). Returns the modified CONTAINER. */
8149 static struct value
*
8150 assign_aggregate (struct value
*container
,
8151 struct value
*lhs
, struct expression
*exp
,
8152 int *pos
, enum noside noside
)
8154 struct type
*lhs_type
;
8155 int n
= exp
->elts
[*pos
+1].longconst
;
8156 LONGEST low_index
, high_index
;
8159 int max_indices
, num_indices
;
8160 int is_array_aggregate
;
8162 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
8165 if (noside
!= EVAL_NORMAL
)
8168 for (i
= 0; i
< n
; i
+= 1)
8169 ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
8173 container
= ada_coerce_ref (container
);
8174 if (ada_is_direct_array_type (value_type (container
)))
8175 container
= ada_coerce_to_simple_array (container
);
8176 lhs
= ada_coerce_ref (lhs
);
8177 if (!deprecated_value_modifiable (lhs
))
8178 error (_("Left operand of assignment is not a modifiable lvalue."));
8180 lhs_type
= value_type (lhs
);
8181 if (ada_is_direct_array_type (lhs_type
))
8183 lhs
= ada_coerce_to_simple_array (lhs
);
8184 lhs_type
= value_type (lhs
);
8185 low_index
= TYPE_ARRAY_LOWER_BOUND_VALUE (lhs_type
);
8186 high_index
= TYPE_ARRAY_UPPER_BOUND_VALUE (lhs_type
);
8187 is_array_aggregate
= 1;
8189 else if (TYPE_CODE (lhs_type
) == TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
)
8192 high_index
= num_visible_fields (lhs_type
) - 1;
8193 is_array_aggregate
= 0;
8196 error (_("Left-hand side must be array or record."));
8198 num_specs
= num_component_specs (exp
, *pos
- 3);
8199 max_indices
= 4 * num_specs
+ 4;
8200 indices
= alloca (max_indices
* sizeof (indices
[0]));
8201 indices
[0] = indices
[1] = low_index
- 1;
8202 indices
[2] = indices
[3] = high_index
+ 1;
8205 for (i
= 0; i
< n
; i
+= 1)
8207 switch (exp
->elts
[*pos
].opcode
)
8210 aggregate_assign_from_choices (container
, lhs
, exp
, pos
, indices
,
8211 &num_indices
, max_indices
,
8212 low_index
, high_index
);
8215 aggregate_assign_positional (container
, lhs
, exp
, pos
, indices
,
8216 &num_indices
, max_indices
,
8217 low_index
, high_index
);
8221 error (_("Misplaced 'others' clause"));
8222 aggregate_assign_others (container
, lhs
, exp
, pos
, indices
,
8223 num_indices
, low_index
, high_index
);
8226 error (_("Internal error: bad aggregate clause"));
8233 /* Assign into the component of LHS indexed by the OP_POSITIONAL
8234 construct at *POS, updating *POS past the construct, given that
8235 the positions are relative to lower bound LOW, where HIGH is the
8236 upper bound. Record the position in INDICES[0 .. MAX_INDICES-1]
8237 updating *NUM_INDICES as needed. CONTAINER is as for
8238 assign_aggregate. */
8240 aggregate_assign_positional (struct value
*container
,
8241 struct value
*lhs
, struct expression
*exp
,
8242 int *pos
, LONGEST
*indices
, int *num_indices
,
8243 int max_indices
, LONGEST low
, LONGEST high
)
8245 LONGEST ind
= longest_to_int (exp
->elts
[*pos
+ 1].longconst
) + low
;
8247 if (ind
- 1 == high
)
8248 warning (_("Extra components in aggregate ignored."));
8251 add_component_interval (ind
, ind
, indices
, num_indices
, max_indices
);
8253 assign_component (container
, lhs
, ind
, exp
, pos
);
8256 ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL
, exp
, pos
, EVAL_SKIP
);
8259 /* Assign into the components of LHS indexed by the OP_CHOICES
8260 construct at *POS, updating *POS past the construct, given that
8261 the allowable indices are LOW..HIGH. Record the indices assigned
8262 to in INDICES[0 .. MAX_INDICES-1], updating *NUM_INDICES as
8263 needed. CONTAINER is as for assign_aggregate. */
8265 aggregate_assign_from_choices (struct value
*container
,
8266 struct value
*lhs
, struct expression
*exp
,
8267 int *pos
, LONGEST
*indices
, int *num_indices
,
8268 int max_indices
, LONGEST low
, LONGEST high
)
8271 int n_choices
= longest_to_int (exp
->elts
[*pos
+1].longconst
);
8272 int choice_pos
, expr_pc
;
8273 int is_array
= ada_is_direct_array_type (value_type (lhs
));
8275 choice_pos
= *pos
+= 3;
8277 for (j
= 0; j
< n_choices
; j
+= 1)
8278 ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL
, exp
, pos
, EVAL_SKIP
);
8280 ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL
, exp
, pos
, EVAL_SKIP
);
8282 for (j
= 0; j
< n_choices
; j
+= 1)
8284 LONGEST lower
, upper
;
8285 enum exp_opcode op
= exp
->elts
[choice_pos
].opcode
;
8286 if (op
== OP_DISCRETE_RANGE
)
8289 lower
= value_as_long (ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL
, exp
, pos
,
8291 upper
= value_as_long (ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL
, exp
, pos
,
8296 lower
= value_as_long (ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL
, exp
, &choice_pos
,
8307 name
= &exp
->elts
[choice_pos
+ 2].string
;
8310 name
= SYMBOL_NATURAL_NAME (exp
->elts
[choice_pos
+ 2].symbol
);
8313 error (_("Invalid record component association."));
8315 ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL
, exp
, &choice_pos
, EVAL_SKIP
);
8317 if (! find_struct_field (name
, value_type (lhs
), 0,
8318 NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &ind
))
8319 error (_("Unknown component name: %s."), name
);
8320 lower
= upper
= ind
;
8323 if (lower
<= upper
&& (lower
< low
|| upper
> high
))
8324 error (_("Index in component association out of bounds."));
8326 add_component_interval (lower
, upper
, indices
, num_indices
,
8328 while (lower
<= upper
)
8332 assign_component (container
, lhs
, lower
, exp
, &pos1
);
8338 /* Assign the value of the expression in the OP_OTHERS construct in
8339 EXP at *POS into the components of LHS indexed from LOW .. HIGH that
8340 have not been previously assigned. The index intervals already assigned
8341 are in INDICES[0 .. NUM_INDICES-1]. Updates *POS to after the
8342 OP_OTHERS clause. CONTAINER is as for assign_aggregate*/
8344 aggregate_assign_others (struct value
*container
,
8345 struct value
*lhs
, struct expression
*exp
,
8346 int *pos
, LONGEST
*indices
, int num_indices
,
8347 LONGEST low
, LONGEST high
)
8350 int expr_pc
= *pos
+1;
8352 for (i
= 0; i
< num_indices
- 2; i
+= 2)
8355 for (ind
= indices
[i
+ 1] + 1; ind
< indices
[i
+ 2]; ind
+= 1)
8359 assign_component (container
, lhs
, ind
, exp
, &pos
);
8362 ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL
, exp
, pos
, EVAL_SKIP
);
8365 /* Add the interval [LOW .. HIGH] to the sorted set of intervals
8366 [ INDICES[0] .. INDICES[1] ],..., [ INDICES[*SIZE-2] .. INDICES[*SIZE-1] ],
8367 modifying *SIZE as needed. It is an error if *SIZE exceeds
8368 MAX_SIZE. The resulting intervals do not overlap. */
8370 add_component_interval (LONGEST low
, LONGEST high
,
8371 LONGEST
* indices
, int *size
, int max_size
)
8374 for (i
= 0; i
< *size
; i
+= 2) {
8375 if (high
>= indices
[i
] && low
<= indices
[i
+ 1])
8378 for (kh
= i
+ 2; kh
< *size
; kh
+= 2)
8379 if (high
< indices
[kh
])
8381 if (low
< indices
[i
])
8383 indices
[i
+ 1] = indices
[kh
- 1];
8384 if (high
> indices
[i
+ 1])
8385 indices
[i
+ 1] = high
;
8386 memcpy (indices
+ i
+ 2, indices
+ kh
, *size
- kh
);
8387 *size
-= kh
- i
- 2;
8390 else if (high
< indices
[i
])
8394 if (*size
== max_size
)
8395 error (_("Internal error: miscounted aggregate components."));
8397 for (j
= *size
-1; j
>= i
+2; j
-= 1)
8398 indices
[j
] = indices
[j
- 2];
8400 indices
[i
+ 1] = high
;
8403 /* Perform and Ada cast of ARG2 to type TYPE if the type of ARG2
8406 static struct value
*
8407 ada_value_cast (struct type
*type
, struct value
*arg2
, enum noside noside
)
8409 if (type
== ada_check_typedef (value_type (arg2
)))
8412 if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (type
))
8413 return (cast_to_fixed (type
, arg2
));
8415 if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg2
)))
8416 return cast_from_fixed (type
, arg2
);
8418 return value_cast (type
, arg2
);
8421 /* Evaluating Ada expressions, and printing their result.
8422 ------------------------------------------------------
8427 We usually evaluate an Ada expression in order to print its value.
8428 We also evaluate an expression in order to print its type, which
8429 happens during the EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS phase of the evaluation,
8430 but we'll focus mostly on the EVAL_NORMAL phase. In practice, the
8431 EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS phase allows us to simplify certain aspects of
8432 the evaluation compared to the EVAL_NORMAL, but is otherwise very
8435 Evaluating expressions is a little more complicated for Ada entities
8436 than it is for entities in languages such as C. The main reason for
8437 this is that Ada provides types whose definition might be dynamic.
8438 One example of such types is variant records. Or another example
8439 would be an array whose bounds can only be known at run time.
8441 The following description is a general guide as to what should be
8442 done (and what should NOT be done) in order to evaluate an expression
8443 involving such types, and when. This does not cover how the semantic
8444 information is encoded by GNAT as this is covered separatly. For the
8445 document used as the reference for the GNAT encoding, see exp_dbug.ads
8446 in the GNAT sources.
8448 Ideally, we should embed each part of this description next to its
8449 associated code. Unfortunately, the amount of code is so vast right
8450 now that it's hard to see whether the code handling a particular
8451 situation might be duplicated or not. One day, when the code is
8452 cleaned up, this guide might become redundant with the comments
8453 inserted in the code, and we might want to remove it.
8455 2. ``Fixing'' an Entity, the Simple Case:
8456 -----------------------------------------
8458 When evaluating Ada expressions, the tricky issue is that they may
8459 reference entities whose type contents and size are not statically
8460 known. Consider for instance a variant record:
8462 type Rec (Empty : Boolean := True) is record
8465 when False => Value : Integer;
8468 Yes : Rec := (Empty => False, Value => 1);
8469 No : Rec := (empty => True);
8471 The size and contents of that record depends on the value of the
8472 descriminant (Rec.Empty). At this point, neither the debugging
8473 information nor the associated type structure in GDB are able to
8474 express such dynamic types. So what the debugger does is to create
8475 "fixed" versions of the type that applies to the specific object.
8476 We also informally refer to this opperation as "fixing" an object,
8477 which means creating its associated fixed type.
8479 Example: when printing the value of variable "Yes" above, its fixed
8480 type would look like this:
8487 On the other hand, if we printed the value of "No", its fixed type
8494 Things become a little more complicated when trying to fix an entity
8495 with a dynamic type that directly contains another dynamic type,
8496 such as an array of variant records, for instance. There are
8497 two possible cases: Arrays, and records.
8499 3. ``Fixing'' Arrays:
8500 ---------------------
8502 The type structure in GDB describes an array in terms of its bounds,
8503 and the type of its elements. By design, all elements in the array
8504 have the same type and we cannot represent an array of variant elements
8505 using the current type structure in GDB. When fixing an array,
8506 we cannot fix the array element, as we would potentially need one
8507 fixed type per element of the array. As a result, the best we can do
8508 when fixing an array is to produce an array whose bounds and size
8509 are correct (allowing us to read it from memory), but without having
8510 touched its element type. Fixing each element will be done later,
8511 when (if) necessary.
8513 Arrays are a little simpler to handle than records, because the same
8514 amount of memory is allocated for each element of the array, even if
8515 the amount of space actually used by each element differs from element
8516 to element. Consider for instance the following array of type Rec:
8518 type Rec_Array is array (1 .. 2) of Rec;
8520 The actual amount of memory occupied by each element might be different
8521 from element to element, depending on the value of their discriminant.
8522 But the amount of space reserved for each element in the array remains
8523 fixed regardless. So we simply need to compute that size using
8524 the debugging information available, from which we can then determine
8525 the array size (we multiply the number of elements of the array by
8526 the size of each element).
8528 The simplest case is when we have an array of a constrained element
8529 type. For instance, consider the following type declarations:
8531 type Bounded_String (Max_Size : Integer) is
8533 Buffer : String (1 .. Max_Size);
8535 type Bounded_String_Array is array (1 ..2) of Bounded_String (80);
8537 In this case, the compiler describes the array as an array of
8538 variable-size elements (identified by its XVS suffix) for which
8539 the size can be read in the parallel XVZ variable.
8541 In the case of an array of an unconstrained element type, the compiler
8542 wraps the array element inside a private PAD type. This type should not
8543 be shown to the user, and must be "unwrap"'ed before printing. Note
8544 that we also use the adjective "aligner" in our code to designate
8545 these wrapper types.
8547 In some cases, the size allocated for each element is statically
8548 known. In that case, the PAD type already has the correct size,
8549 and the array element should remain unfixed.
8551 But there are cases when this size is not statically known.
8552 For instance, assuming that "Five" is an integer variable:
8554 type Dynamic is array (1 .. Five) of Integer;
8555 type Wrapper (Has_Length : Boolean := False) is record
8558 when True => Length : Integer;
8562 type Wrapper_Array is array (1 .. 2) of Wrapper;
8564 Hello : Wrapper_Array := (others => (Has_Length => True,
8565 Data => (others => 17),
8569 The debugging info would describe variable Hello as being an
8570 array of a PAD type. The size of that PAD type is not statically
8571 known, but can be determined using a parallel XVZ variable.
8572 In that case, a copy of the PAD type with the correct size should
8573 be used for the fixed array.
8575 3. ``Fixing'' record type objects:
8576 ----------------------------------
8578 Things are slightly different from arrays in the case of dynamic
8579 record types. In this case, in order to compute the associated
8580 fixed type, we need to determine the size and offset of each of
8581 its components. This, in turn, requires us to compute the fixed
8582 type of each of these components.
8584 Consider for instance the example:
8586 type Bounded_String (Max_Size : Natural) is record
8587 Str : String (1 .. Max_Size);
8590 My_String : Bounded_String (Max_Size => 10);
8592 In that case, the position of field "Length" depends on the size
8593 of field Str, which itself depends on the value of the Max_Size
8594 discriminant. In order to fix the type of variable My_String,
8595 we need to fix the type of field Str. Therefore, fixing a variant
8596 record requires us to fix each of its components.
8598 However, if a component does not have a dynamic size, the component
8599 should not be fixed. In particular, fields that use a PAD type
8600 should not fixed. Here is an example where this might happen
8601 (assuming type Rec above):
8603 type Container (Big : Boolean) is record
8607 when True => Another : Integer;
8611 My_Container : Container := (Big => False,
8612 First => (Empty => True),
8615 In that example, the compiler creates a PAD type for component First,
8616 whose size is constant, and then positions the component After just
8617 right after it. The offset of component After is therefore constant
8620 The debugger computes the position of each field based on an algorithm
8621 that uses, among other things, the actual position and size of the field
8622 preceding it. Let's now imagine that the user is trying to print
8623 the value of My_Container. If the type fixing was recursive, we would
8624 end up computing the offset of field After based on the size of the
8625 fixed version of field First. And since in our example First has
8626 only one actual field, the size of the fixed type is actually smaller
8627 than the amount of space allocated to that field, and thus we would
8628 compute the wrong offset of field After.
8630 To make things more complicated, we need to watch out for dynamic
8631 components of variant records (identified by the ___XVL suffix in
8632 the component name). Even if the target type is a PAD type, the size
8633 of that type might not be statically known. So the PAD type needs
8634 to be unwrapped and the resulting type needs to be fixed. Otherwise,
8635 we might end up with the wrong size for our component. This can be
8636 observed with the following type declarations:
8638 type Octal is new Integer range 0 .. 7;
8639 type Octal_Array is array (Positive range <>) of Octal;
8640 pragma Pack (Octal_Array);
8642 type Octal_Buffer (Size : Positive) is record
8643 Buffer : Octal_Array (1 .. Size);
8647 In that case, Buffer is a PAD type whose size is unset and needs
8648 to be computed by fixing the unwrapped type.
8650 4. When to ``Fix'' un-``Fixed'' sub-elements of an entity:
8651 ----------------------------------------------------------
8653 Lastly, when should the sub-elements of an entity that remained unfixed
8654 thus far, be actually fixed?
8656 The answer is: Only when referencing that element. For instance
8657 when selecting one component of a record, this specific component
8658 should be fixed at that point in time. Or when printing the value
8659 of a record, each component should be fixed before its value gets
8660 printed. Similarly for arrays, the element of the array should be
8661 fixed when printing each element of the array, or when extracting
8662 one element out of that array. On the other hand, fixing should
8663 not be performed on the elements when taking a slice of an array!
8665 Note that one of the side-effects of miscomputing the offset and
8666 size of each field is that we end up also miscomputing the size
8667 of the containing type. This can have adverse results when computing
8668 the value of an entity. GDB fetches the value of an entity based
8669 on the size of its type, and thus a wrong size causes GDB to fetch
8670 the wrong amount of memory. In the case where the computed size is
8671 too small, GDB fetches too little data to print the value of our
8672 entiry. Results in this case as unpredicatble, as we usually read
8673 past the buffer containing the data =:-o. */
8675 /* Implement the evaluate_exp routine in the exp_descriptor structure
8676 for the Ada language. */
8678 static struct value
*
8679 ada_evaluate_subexp (struct type
*expect_type
, struct expression
*exp
,
8680 int *pos
, enum noside noside
)
8683 int tem
, tem2
, tem3
;
8685 struct value
*arg1
= NULL
, *arg2
= NULL
, *arg3
;
8688 struct value
**argvec
;
8692 op
= exp
->elts
[pc
].opcode
;
8698 arg1
= evaluate_subexp_standard (expect_type
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
8699 arg1
= unwrap_value (arg1
);
8701 /* If evaluating an OP_DOUBLE and an EXPECT_TYPE was provided,
8702 then we need to perform the conversion manually, because
8703 evaluate_subexp_standard doesn't do it. This conversion is
8704 necessary in Ada because the different kinds of float/fixed
8705 types in Ada have different representations.
8707 Similarly, we need to perform the conversion from OP_LONG
8709 if ((op
== OP_DOUBLE
|| op
== OP_LONG
) && expect_type
!= NULL
)
8710 arg1
= ada_value_cast (expect_type
, arg1
, noside
);
8716 struct value
*result
;
8718 result
= evaluate_subexp_standard (expect_type
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
8719 /* The result type will have code OP_STRING, bashed there from
8720 OP_ARRAY. Bash it back. */
8721 if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (result
)) == TYPE_CODE_STRING
)
8722 TYPE_CODE (value_type (result
)) = TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
;
8728 type
= exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].type
;
8729 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (type
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
8730 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
8732 arg1
= ada_value_cast (type
, arg1
, noside
);
8737 type
= exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].type
;
8738 return ada_evaluate_subexp (type
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
8741 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
8742 if (exp
->elts
[*pos
].opcode
== OP_AGGREGATE
)
8744 arg1
= assign_aggregate (arg1
, arg1
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
8745 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
|| noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
8747 return ada_value_assign (arg1
, arg1
);
8749 /* Force the evaluation of the rhs ARG2 to the type of the lhs ARG1,
8750 except if the lhs of our assignment is a convenience variable.
8751 In the case of assigning to a convenience variable, the lhs
8752 should be exactly the result of the evaluation of the rhs. */
8753 type
= value_type (arg1
);
8754 if (VALUE_LVAL (arg1
) == lval_internalvar
)
8756 arg2
= evaluate_subexp (type
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
8757 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
|| noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
8759 if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg1
)))
8760 arg2
= cast_to_fixed (value_type (arg1
), arg2
);
8761 else if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg2
)))
8763 (_("Fixed-point values must be assigned to fixed-point variables"));
8765 arg2
= coerce_for_assign (value_type (arg1
), arg2
);
8766 return ada_value_assign (arg1
, arg2
);
8769 arg1
= evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp
, pos
, noside
);
8770 arg2
= evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp
, pos
, noside
);
8771 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
8773 if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (arg1
)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
8774 return (value_from_longest
8776 value_as_long (arg1
) + value_as_long (arg2
)));
8777 if ((ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg1
))
8778 || ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg2
)))
8779 && value_type (arg1
) != value_type (arg2
))
8780 error (_("Operands of fixed-point addition must have the same type"));
8781 /* Do the addition, and cast the result to the type of the first
8782 argument. We cannot cast the result to a reference type, so if
8783 ARG1 is a reference type, find its underlying type. */
8784 type
= value_type (arg1
);
8785 while (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_REF
)
8786 type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
);
8787 binop_promote (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
, &arg1
, &arg2
);
8788 return value_cast (type
, value_binop (arg1
, arg2
, BINOP_ADD
));
8791 arg1
= evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp
, pos
, noside
);
8792 arg2
= evaluate_subexp_with_coercion (exp
, pos
, noside
);
8793 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
8795 if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (arg1
)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
8796 return (value_from_longest
8798 value_as_long (arg1
) - value_as_long (arg2
)));
8799 if ((ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg1
))
8800 || ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg2
)))
8801 && value_type (arg1
) != value_type (arg2
))
8802 error (_("Operands of fixed-point subtraction must have the same type"));
8803 /* Do the substraction, and cast the result to the type of the first
8804 argument. We cannot cast the result to a reference type, so if
8805 ARG1 is a reference type, find its underlying type. */
8806 type
= value_type (arg1
);
8807 while (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_REF
)
8808 type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
);
8809 binop_promote (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
, &arg1
, &arg2
);
8810 return value_cast (type
, value_binop (arg1
, arg2
, BINOP_SUB
));
8816 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
8817 arg2
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
8818 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
8820 else if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
8822 binop_promote (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
, &arg1
, &arg2
);
8823 return value_zero (value_type (arg1
), not_lval
);
8827 type
= builtin_type (exp
->gdbarch
)->builtin_double
;
8828 if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg1
)))
8829 arg1
= cast_from_fixed (type
, arg1
);
8830 if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg2
)))
8831 arg2
= cast_from_fixed (type
, arg2
);
8832 binop_promote (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
, &arg1
, &arg2
);
8833 return ada_value_binop (arg1
, arg2
, op
);
8837 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
8838 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
8839 arg2
= evaluate_subexp (value_type (arg1
), exp
, pos
, noside
);
8840 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
8842 if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
8846 binop_promote (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
, &arg1
, &arg2
);
8847 tem
= ada_value_equal (arg1
, arg2
);
8849 if (op
== BINOP_NOTEQUAL
)
8851 type
= language_bool_type (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
);
8852 return value_from_longest (type
, (LONGEST
) tem
);
8855 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
8856 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
8858 else if (ada_is_fixed_point_type (value_type (arg1
)))
8859 return value_cast (value_type (arg1
), value_neg (arg1
));
8862 unop_promote (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
, &arg1
);
8863 return value_neg (arg1
);
8866 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
8867 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
8868 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
8873 val
= evaluate_subexp_standard (expect_type
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
8874 type
= language_bool_type (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
);
8875 return value_cast (type
, val
);
8878 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
8879 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
8880 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
8884 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
);
8886 val
= evaluate_subexp_standard (expect_type
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
8888 return value_cast (value_type (arg1
), val
);
8894 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
8899 else if (SYMBOL_DOMAIN (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].symbol
) == UNDEF_DOMAIN
)
8900 /* Only encountered when an unresolved symbol occurs in a
8901 context other than a function call, in which case, it is
8903 error (_("Unexpected unresolved symbol, %s, during evaluation"),
8904 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].symbol
));
8905 else if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
8907 type
= static_unwrap_type (SYMBOL_TYPE (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].symbol
));
8908 if (ada_is_tagged_type (type
, 0))
8910 /* Tagged types are a little special in the fact that the real
8911 type is dynamic and can only be determined by inspecting the
8912 object's tag. This means that we need to get the object's
8913 value first (EVAL_NORMAL) and then extract the actual object
8916 Note that we cannot skip the final step where we extract
8917 the object type from its tag, because the EVAL_NORMAL phase
8918 results in dynamic components being resolved into fixed ones.
8919 This can cause problems when trying to print the type
8920 description of tagged types whose parent has a dynamic size:
8921 We use the type name of the "_parent" component in order
8922 to print the name of the ancestor type in the type description.
8923 If that component had a dynamic size, the resolution into
8924 a fixed type would result in the loss of that type name,
8925 thus preventing us from printing the name of the ancestor
8926 type in the type description. */
8927 struct type
*actual_type
;
8929 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, EVAL_NORMAL
);
8930 actual_type
= type_from_tag (ada_value_tag (arg1
));
8931 if (actual_type
== NULL
)
8932 /* If, for some reason, we were unable to determine
8933 the actual type from the tag, then use the static
8934 approximation that we just computed as a fallback.
8935 This can happen if the debugging information is
8936 incomplete, for instance. */
8939 return value_zero (actual_type
, not_lval
);
8944 (to_static_fixed_type
8945 (static_unwrap_type (SYMBOL_TYPE (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].symbol
))),
8950 arg1
= evaluate_subexp_standard (expect_type
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
8951 arg1
= unwrap_value (arg1
);
8952 return ada_to_fixed_value (arg1
);
8958 /* Allocate arg vector, including space for the function to be
8959 called in argvec[0] and a terminating NULL. */
8960 nargs
= longest_to_int (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].longconst
);
8962 (struct value
**) alloca (sizeof (struct value
*) * (nargs
+ 2));
8964 if (exp
->elts
[*pos
].opcode
== OP_VAR_VALUE
8965 && SYMBOL_DOMAIN (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 5].symbol
) == UNDEF_DOMAIN
)
8966 error (_("Unexpected unresolved symbol, %s, during evaluation"),
8967 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 5].symbol
));
8970 for (tem
= 0; tem
<= nargs
; tem
+= 1)
8971 argvec
[tem
] = evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
8974 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
8978 if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type
8979 (desc_base_type (value_type (argvec
[0]))))
8980 argvec
[0] = ada_coerce_to_simple_array (argvec
[0]);
8981 else if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (argvec
[0])) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
8982 && TYPE_FIELD_BITSIZE (value_type (argvec
[0]), 0) != 0)
8983 /* This is a packed array that has already been fixed, and
8984 therefore already coerced to a simple array. Nothing further
8987 else if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (argvec
[0])) == TYPE_CODE_REF
8988 || (TYPE_CODE (value_type (argvec
[0])) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
8989 && VALUE_LVAL (argvec
[0]) == lval_memory
))
8990 argvec
[0] = value_addr (argvec
[0]);
8992 type
= ada_check_typedef (value_type (argvec
[0]));
8993 if (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
8995 switch (TYPE_CODE (ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
))))
8997 case TYPE_CODE_FUNC
:
8998 type
= ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
));
9000 case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
:
9002 case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
:
9003 if (noside
!= EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
9004 argvec
[0] = ada_value_ind (argvec
[0]);
9005 type
= ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
));
9008 error (_("cannot subscript or call something of type `%s'"),
9009 ada_type_name (value_type (argvec
[0])));
9014 switch (TYPE_CODE (type
))
9016 case TYPE_CODE_FUNC
:
9017 if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
9018 return allocate_value (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
));
9019 return call_function_by_hand (argvec
[0], nargs
, argvec
+ 1);
9020 case TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
:
9024 arity
= ada_array_arity (type
);
9025 type
= ada_array_element_type (type
, nargs
);
9027 error (_("cannot subscript or call a record"));
9029 error (_("wrong number of subscripts; expecting %d"), arity
);
9030 if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
9031 return value_zero (ada_aligned_type (type
), lval_memory
);
9033 unwrap_value (ada_value_subscript
9034 (argvec
[0], nargs
, argvec
+ 1));
9036 case TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
:
9037 if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
9039 type
= ada_array_element_type (type
, nargs
);
9041 error (_("element type of array unknown"));
9043 return value_zero (ada_aligned_type (type
), lval_memory
);
9046 unwrap_value (ada_value_subscript
9047 (ada_coerce_to_simple_array (argvec
[0]),
9048 nargs
, argvec
+ 1));
9049 case TYPE_CODE_PTR
: /* Pointer to array */
9050 type
= to_fixed_array_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
), NULL
, 1);
9051 if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
9053 type
= ada_array_element_type (type
, nargs
);
9055 error (_("element type of array unknown"));
9057 return value_zero (ada_aligned_type (type
), lval_memory
);
9060 unwrap_value (ada_value_ptr_subscript (argvec
[0], type
,
9061 nargs
, argvec
+ 1));
9064 error (_("Attempt to index or call something other than an "
9065 "array or function"));
9070 struct value
*array
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9071 struct value
*low_bound_val
=
9072 evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9073 struct value
*high_bound_val
=
9074 evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9077 low_bound_val
= coerce_ref (low_bound_val
);
9078 high_bound_val
= coerce_ref (high_bound_val
);
9079 low_bound
= pos_atr (low_bound_val
);
9080 high_bound
= pos_atr (high_bound_val
);
9082 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
9085 /* If this is a reference to an aligner type, then remove all
9087 if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (array
)) == TYPE_CODE_REF
9088 && ada_is_aligner_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (value_type (array
))))
9089 TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (value_type (array
)) =
9090 ada_aligned_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (value_type (array
)));
9092 if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (value_type (array
)))
9093 error (_("cannot slice a packed array"));
9095 /* If this is a reference to an array or an array lvalue,
9096 convert to a pointer. */
9097 if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (array
)) == TYPE_CODE_REF
9098 || (TYPE_CODE (value_type (array
)) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
9099 && VALUE_LVAL (array
) == lval_memory
))
9100 array
= value_addr (array
);
9102 if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
9103 && ada_is_array_descriptor_type (ada_check_typedef
9104 (value_type (array
))))
9105 return empty_array (ada_type_of_array (array
, 0), low_bound
);
9107 array
= ada_coerce_to_simple_array_ptr (array
);
9109 /* If we have more than one level of pointer indirection,
9110 dereference the value until we get only one level. */
9111 while (TYPE_CODE (value_type (array
)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
9112 && (TYPE_CODE (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (value_type (array
)))
9114 array
= value_ind (array
);
9116 /* Make sure we really do have an array type before going further,
9117 to avoid a SEGV when trying to get the index type or the target
9118 type later down the road if the debug info generated by
9119 the compiler is incorrect or incomplete. */
9120 if (!ada_is_simple_array_type (value_type (array
)))
9121 error (_("cannot take slice of non-array"));
9123 if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (array
)) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
)
9125 if (high_bound
< low_bound
|| noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
9126 return empty_array (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (value_type (array
)),
9130 struct type
*arr_type0
=
9131 to_fixed_array_type (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (value_type (array
)),
9133 return ada_value_slice_from_ptr (array
, arr_type0
,
9134 longest_to_int (low_bound
),
9135 longest_to_int (high_bound
));
9138 else if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
9140 else if (high_bound
< low_bound
)
9141 return empty_array (value_type (array
), low_bound
);
9143 return ada_value_slice (array
, longest_to_int (low_bound
),
9144 longest_to_int (high_bound
));
9149 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9150 type
= check_typedef (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].type
);
9152 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
9155 switch (TYPE_CODE (type
))
9158 lim_warning (_("Membership test incompletely implemented; "
9159 "always returns true"));
9160 type
= language_bool_type (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
);
9161 return value_from_longest (type
, (LONGEST
) 1);
9163 case TYPE_CODE_RANGE
:
9164 arg2
= value_from_longest (type
, TYPE_LOW_BOUND (type
));
9165 arg3
= value_from_longest (type
, TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (type
));
9166 binop_promote (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
, &arg1
, &arg2
);
9167 binop_promote (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
, &arg1
, &arg3
);
9168 type
= language_bool_type (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
);
9170 value_from_longest (type
,
9171 (value_less (arg1
, arg3
)
9172 || value_equal (arg1
, arg3
))
9173 && (value_less (arg2
, arg1
)
9174 || value_equal (arg2
, arg1
)));
9177 case BINOP_IN_BOUNDS
:
9179 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9180 arg2
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9182 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
9185 if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
9187 type
= language_bool_type (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
);
9188 return value_zero (type
, not_lval
);
9191 tem
= longest_to_int (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].longconst
);
9193 type
= ada_index_type (value_type (arg2
), tem
, "range");
9195 type
= value_type (arg1
);
9197 arg3
= value_from_longest (type
, ada_array_bound (arg2
, tem
, 1));
9198 arg2
= value_from_longest (type
, ada_array_bound (arg2
, tem
, 0));
9200 binop_promote (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
, &arg1
, &arg2
);
9201 binop_promote (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
, &arg1
, &arg3
);
9202 type
= language_bool_type (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
);
9204 value_from_longest (type
,
9205 (value_less (arg1
, arg3
)
9206 || value_equal (arg1
, arg3
))
9207 && (value_less (arg2
, arg1
)
9208 || value_equal (arg2
, arg1
)));
9210 case TERNOP_IN_RANGE
:
9211 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9212 arg2
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9213 arg3
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9215 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
9218 binop_promote (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
, &arg1
, &arg2
);
9219 binop_promote (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
, &arg1
, &arg3
);
9220 type
= language_bool_type (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
);
9222 value_from_longest (type
,
9223 (value_less (arg1
, arg3
)
9224 || value_equal (arg1
, arg3
))
9225 && (value_less (arg2
, arg1
)
9226 || value_equal (arg2
, arg1
)));
9232 struct type
*type_arg
;
9233 if (exp
->elts
[*pos
].opcode
== OP_TYPE
)
9235 evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, EVAL_SKIP
);
9237 type_arg
= check_typedef (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].type
);
9241 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9245 if (exp
->elts
[*pos
].opcode
!= OP_LONG
)
9246 error (_("Invalid operand to '%s"), ada_attribute_name (op
));
9247 tem
= longest_to_int (exp
->elts
[*pos
+ 2].longconst
);
9250 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
9253 if (type_arg
== NULL
)
9255 arg1
= ada_coerce_ref (arg1
);
9257 if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (value_type (arg1
)))
9258 arg1
= ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arg1
);
9260 type
= ada_index_type (value_type (arg1
), tem
,
9261 ada_attribute_name (op
));
9263 type
= builtin_type (exp
->gdbarch
)->builtin_int
;
9265 if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
9266 return allocate_value (type
);
9270 default: /* Should never happen. */
9271 error (_("unexpected attribute encountered"));
9273 return value_from_longest
9274 (type
, ada_array_bound (arg1
, tem
, 0));
9276 return value_from_longest
9277 (type
, ada_array_bound (arg1
, tem
, 1));
9279 return value_from_longest
9280 (type
, ada_array_length (arg1
, tem
));
9283 else if (discrete_type_p (type_arg
))
9285 struct type
*range_type
;
9286 char *name
= ada_type_name (type_arg
);
9288 if (name
!= NULL
&& TYPE_CODE (type_arg
) != TYPE_CODE_ENUM
)
9289 range_type
= to_fixed_range_type (name
, NULL
, type_arg
);
9290 if (range_type
== NULL
)
9291 range_type
= type_arg
;
9295 error (_("unexpected attribute encountered"));
9297 return value_from_longest
9298 (range_type
, ada_discrete_type_low_bound (range_type
));
9300 return value_from_longest
9301 (range_type
, ada_discrete_type_high_bound (range_type
));
9303 error (_("the 'length attribute applies only to array types"));
9306 else if (TYPE_CODE (type_arg
) == TYPE_CODE_FLT
)
9307 error (_("unimplemented type attribute"));
9312 if (ada_is_constrained_packed_array_type (type_arg
))
9313 type_arg
= decode_constrained_packed_array_type (type_arg
);
9315 type
= ada_index_type (type_arg
, tem
, ada_attribute_name (op
));
9317 type
= builtin_type (exp
->gdbarch
)->builtin_int
;
9319 if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
9320 return allocate_value (type
);
9325 error (_("unexpected attribute encountered"));
9327 low
= ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg
, tem
, 0);
9328 return value_from_longest (type
, low
);
9330 high
= ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg
, tem
, 1);
9331 return value_from_longest (type
, high
);
9333 low
= ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg
, tem
, 0);
9334 high
= ada_array_bound_from_type (type_arg
, tem
, 1);
9335 return value_from_longest (type
, high
- low
+ 1);
9341 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9342 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
9345 if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
9346 return value_zero (ada_tag_type (arg1
), not_lval
);
9348 return ada_value_tag (arg1
);
9352 evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, EVAL_SKIP
);
9353 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9354 arg2
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9355 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
9357 else if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
9358 return value_zero (value_type (arg1
), not_lval
);
9361 binop_promote (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
, &arg1
, &arg2
);
9362 return value_binop (arg1
, arg2
,
9363 op
== OP_ATR_MIN
? BINOP_MIN
: BINOP_MAX
);
9366 case OP_ATR_MODULUS
:
9368 struct type
*type_arg
= check_typedef (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].type
);
9369 evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, EVAL_SKIP
);
9371 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
9374 if (!ada_is_modular_type (type_arg
))
9375 error (_("'modulus must be applied to modular type"));
9377 return value_from_longest (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type_arg
),
9378 ada_modulus (type_arg
));
9383 evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, EVAL_SKIP
);
9384 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9385 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
9387 type
= builtin_type (exp
->gdbarch
)->builtin_int
;
9388 if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
9389 return value_zero (type
, not_lval
);
9391 return value_pos_atr (type
, arg1
);
9394 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9395 type
= value_type (arg1
);
9397 /* If the argument is a reference, then dereference its type, since
9398 the user is really asking for the size of the actual object,
9399 not the size of the pointer. */
9400 if (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_REF
)
9401 type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
);
9403 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
9405 else if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
9406 return value_zero (builtin_type (exp
->gdbarch
)->builtin_int
, not_lval
);
9408 return value_from_longest (builtin_type (exp
->gdbarch
)->builtin_int
,
9409 TARGET_CHAR_BIT
* TYPE_LENGTH (type
));
9412 evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, EVAL_SKIP
);
9413 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9414 type
= exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].type
;
9415 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
9417 else if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
9418 return value_zero (type
, not_lval
);
9420 return value_val_atr (type
, arg1
);
9423 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9424 arg2
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9425 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
9427 else if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
9428 return value_zero (value_type (arg1
), not_lval
);
9431 /* For integer exponentiation operations,
9432 only promote the first argument. */
9433 if (is_integral_type (value_type (arg2
)))
9434 unop_promote (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
, &arg1
);
9436 binop_promote (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
, &arg1
, &arg2
);
9438 return value_binop (arg1
, arg2
, op
);
9442 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9443 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
9449 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9450 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
9452 unop_promote (exp
->language_defn
, exp
->gdbarch
, &arg1
);
9453 if (value_less (arg1
, value_zero (value_type (arg1
), not_lval
)))
9454 return value_neg (arg1
);
9459 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9460 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
9462 type
= ada_check_typedef (value_type (arg1
));
9463 if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
9465 if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type
))
9466 /* GDB allows dereferencing GNAT array descriptors. */
9468 struct type
*arrType
= ada_type_of_array (arg1
, 0);
9469 if (arrType
== NULL
)
9470 error (_("Attempt to dereference null array pointer."));
9471 return value_at_lazy (arrType
, 0);
9473 else if (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_PTR
9474 || TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_REF
9475 /* In C you can dereference an array to get the 1st elt. */
9476 || TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
)
9478 type
= to_static_fixed_type
9480 (ada_check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
))));
9482 return value_zero (type
, lval_memory
);
9484 else if (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_INT
)
9486 /* GDB allows dereferencing an int. */
9487 if (expect_type
== NULL
)
9488 return value_zero (builtin_type (exp
->gdbarch
)->builtin_int
,
9493 to_static_fixed_type (ada_aligned_type (expect_type
));
9494 return value_zero (expect_type
, lval_memory
);
9498 error (_("Attempt to take contents of a non-pointer value."));
9500 arg1
= ada_coerce_ref (arg1
); /* FIXME: What is this for?? */
9501 type
= ada_check_typedef (value_type (arg1
));
9503 if (TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_INT
)
9504 /* GDB allows dereferencing an int. If we were given
9505 the expect_type, then use that as the target type.
9506 Otherwise, assume that the target type is an int. */
9508 if (expect_type
!= NULL
)
9509 return ada_value_ind (value_cast (lookup_pointer_type (expect_type
),
9512 return value_at_lazy (builtin_type (exp
->gdbarch
)->builtin_int
,
9513 (CORE_ADDR
) value_as_address (arg1
));
9516 if (ada_is_array_descriptor_type (type
))
9517 /* GDB allows dereferencing GNAT array descriptors. */
9518 return ada_coerce_to_simple_array (arg1
);
9520 return ada_value_ind (arg1
);
9522 case STRUCTOP_STRUCT
:
9523 tem
= longest_to_int (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].longconst
);
9524 (*pos
) += 3 + BYTES_TO_EXP_ELEM (tem
+ 1);
9525 arg1
= evaluate_subexp (NULL_TYPE
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9526 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
9528 if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
9530 struct type
*type1
= value_type (arg1
);
9531 if (ada_is_tagged_type (type1
, 1))
9533 type
= ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (type1
,
9534 &exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].string
,
9537 /* In this case, we assume that the field COULD exist
9538 in some extension of the type. Return an object of
9539 "type" void, which will match any formal
9540 (see ada_type_match). */
9541 return value_zero (builtin_type (exp
->gdbarch
)->builtin_void
,
9546 ada_lookup_struct_elt_type (type1
, &exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].string
, 1,
9549 return value_zero (ada_aligned_type (type
), lval_memory
);
9552 arg1
= ada_value_struct_elt (arg1
, &exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].string
, 0);
9553 arg1
= unwrap_value (arg1
);
9554 return ada_to_fixed_value (arg1
);
9557 /* The value is not supposed to be used. This is here to make it
9558 easier to accommodate expressions that contain types. */
9560 if (noside
== EVAL_SKIP
)
9562 else if (noside
== EVAL_AVOID_SIDE_EFFECTS
)
9563 return allocate_value (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].type
);
9565 error (_("Attempt to use a type name as an expression"));
9570 case OP_DISCRETE_RANGE
:
9573 if (noside
== EVAL_NORMAL
)
9577 error (_("Undefined name, ambiguous name, or renaming used in "
9578 "component association: %s."), &exp
->elts
[pc
+2].string
);
9580 error (_("Aggregates only allowed on the right of an assignment"));
9582 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("aggregate apparently mangled"));
9585 ada_forward_operator_length (exp
, pc
, &oplen
, &nargs
);
9587 for (tem
= 0; tem
< nargs
; tem
+= 1)
9588 ada_evaluate_subexp (NULL
, exp
, pos
, noside
);
9593 return value_from_longest (builtin_type (exp
->gdbarch
)->builtin_int
, 1);
9599 /* If TYPE encodes an Ada fixed-point type, return the suffix of the
9600 type name that encodes the 'small and 'delta information.
9601 Otherwise, return NULL. */
9604 fixed_type_info (struct type
*type
)
9606 const char *name
= ada_type_name (type
);
9607 enum type_code code
= (type
== NULL
) ? TYPE_CODE_UNDEF
: TYPE_CODE (type
);
9609 if ((code
== TYPE_CODE_INT
|| code
== TYPE_CODE_RANGE
) && name
!= NULL
)
9611 const char *tail
= strstr (name
, "___XF_");
9617 else if (code
== TYPE_CODE_RANGE
&& TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
) != type
)
9618 return fixed_type_info (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (type
));
9623 /* Returns non-zero iff TYPE represents an Ada fixed-point type. */
9626 ada_is_fixed_point_type (struct type
*type
)
9628 return fixed_type_info (type
) != NULL
;
9631 /* Return non-zero iff TYPE represents a System.Address type. */
9634 ada_is_system_address_type (struct type
*type
)
9636 return (TYPE_NAME (type
)
9637 && strcmp (TYPE_NAME (type
), "system__address") == 0);
9640 /* Assuming that TYPE is the representation of an Ada fixed-point
9641 type, return its delta, or -1 if the type is malformed and the
9642 delta cannot be determined. */
9645 ada_delta (struct type
*type
)
9647 const char *encoding
= fixed_type_info (type
);
9650 /* Strictly speaking, num and den are encoded as integer. However,
9651 they may not fit into a long, and they will have to be converted
9652 to DOUBLEST anyway. So scan them as DOUBLEST. */
9653 if (sscanf (encoding
, "_%" DOUBLEST_SCAN_FORMAT
"_%" DOUBLEST_SCAN_FORMAT
,
9660 /* Assuming that ada_is_fixed_point_type (TYPE), return the scaling
9661 factor ('SMALL value) associated with the type. */
9664 scaling_factor (struct type
*type
)
9666 const char *encoding
= fixed_type_info (type
);
9667 DOUBLEST num0
, den0
, num1
, den1
;
9670 /* Strictly speaking, num's and den's are encoded as integer. However,
9671 they may not fit into a long, and they will have to be converted
9672 to DOUBLEST anyway. So scan them as DOUBLEST. */
9673 n
= sscanf (encoding
,
9674 "_%" DOUBLEST_SCAN_FORMAT
"_%" DOUBLEST_SCAN_FORMAT
9675 "_%" DOUBLEST_SCAN_FORMAT
"_%" DOUBLEST_SCAN_FORMAT
,
9676 &num0
, &den0
, &num1
, &den1
);
9687 /* Assuming that X is the representation of a value of fixed-point
9688 type TYPE, return its floating-point equivalent. */
9691 ada_fixed_to_float (struct type
*type
, LONGEST x
)
9693 return (DOUBLEST
) x
*scaling_factor (type
);
9696 /* The representation of a fixed-point value of type TYPE
9697 corresponding to the value X. */
9700 ada_float_to_fixed (struct type
*type
, DOUBLEST x
)
9702 return (LONGEST
) (x
/ scaling_factor (type
) + 0.5);
9709 /* Scan STR beginning at position K for a discriminant name, and
9710 return the value of that discriminant field of DVAL in *PX. If
9711 PNEW_K is not null, put the position of the character beyond the
9712 name scanned in *PNEW_K. Return 1 if successful; return 0 and do
9713 not alter *PX and *PNEW_K if unsuccessful. */
9716 scan_discrim_bound (char *str
, int k
, struct value
*dval
, LONGEST
* px
,
9719 static char *bound_buffer
= NULL
;
9720 static size_t bound_buffer_len
= 0;
9723 struct value
*bound_val
;
9725 if (dval
== NULL
|| str
== NULL
|| str
[k
] == '\0')
9728 pend
= strstr (str
+ k
, "__");
9732 k
+= strlen (bound
);
9736 GROW_VECT (bound_buffer
, bound_buffer_len
, pend
- (str
+ k
) + 1);
9737 bound
= bound_buffer
;
9738 strncpy (bound_buffer
, str
+ k
, pend
- (str
+ k
));
9739 bound
[pend
- (str
+ k
)] = '\0';
9743 bound_val
= ada_search_struct_field (bound
, dval
, 0, value_type (dval
));
9744 if (bound_val
== NULL
)
9747 *px
= value_as_long (bound_val
);
9753 /* Value of variable named NAME in the current environment. If
9754 no such variable found, then if ERR_MSG is null, returns 0, and
9755 otherwise causes an error with message ERR_MSG. */
9757 static struct value
*
9758 get_var_value (char *name
, char *err_msg
)
9760 struct ada_symbol_info
*syms
;
9763 nsyms
= ada_lookup_symbol_list (name
, get_selected_block (0), VAR_DOMAIN
,
9768 if (err_msg
== NULL
)
9771 error (("%s"), err_msg
);
9774 return value_of_variable (syms
[0].sym
, syms
[0].block
);
9777 /* Value of integer variable named NAME in the current environment. If
9778 no such variable found, returns 0, and sets *FLAG to 0. If
9779 successful, sets *FLAG to 1. */
9782 get_int_var_value (char *name
, int *flag
)
9784 struct value
*var_val
= get_var_value (name
, 0);
9796 return value_as_long (var_val
);
9801 /* Return a range type whose base type is that of the range type named
9802 NAME in the current environment, and whose bounds are calculated
9803 from NAME according to the GNAT range encoding conventions.
9804 Extract discriminant values, if needed, from DVAL. ORIG_TYPE is the
9805 corresponding range type from debug information; fall back to using it
9806 if symbol lookup fails. If a new type must be created, allocate it
9807 like ORIG_TYPE was. The bounds information, in general, is encoded
9808 in NAME, the base type given in the named range type. */
9810 static struct type
*
9811 to_fixed_range_type (char *name
, struct value
*dval
, struct type
*orig_type
)
9813 struct type
*raw_type
= ada_find_any_type (name
);
9814 struct type
*base_type
;
9817 /* Fall back to the original type if symbol lookup failed. */
9818 if (raw_type
== NULL
)
9819 raw_type
= orig_type
;
9821 if (TYPE_CODE (raw_type
) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE
)
9822 base_type
= TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (raw_type
);
9824 base_type
= raw_type
;
9826 subtype_info
= strstr (name
, "___XD");
9827 if (subtype_info
== NULL
)
9829 LONGEST L
= ada_discrete_type_low_bound (raw_type
);
9830 LONGEST U
= ada_discrete_type_high_bound (raw_type
);
9831 if (L
< INT_MIN
|| U
> INT_MAX
)
9834 return create_range_type (alloc_type_copy (orig_type
), raw_type
,
9835 ada_discrete_type_low_bound (raw_type
),
9836 ada_discrete_type_high_bound (raw_type
));
9840 static char *name_buf
= NULL
;
9841 static size_t name_len
= 0;
9842 int prefix_len
= subtype_info
- name
;
9848 GROW_VECT (name_buf
, name_len
, prefix_len
+ 5);
9849 strncpy (name_buf
, name
, prefix_len
);
9850 name_buf
[prefix_len
] = '\0';
9853 bounds_str
= strchr (subtype_info
, '_');
9856 if (*subtype_info
== 'L')
9858 if (!ada_scan_number (bounds_str
, n
, &L
, &n
)
9859 && !scan_discrim_bound (bounds_str
, n
, dval
, &L
, &n
))
9861 if (bounds_str
[n
] == '_')
9863 else if (bounds_str
[n
] == '.') /* FIXME? SGI Workshop kludge. */
9870 strcpy (name_buf
+ prefix_len
, "___L");
9871 L
= get_int_var_value (name_buf
, &ok
);
9874 lim_warning (_("Unknown lower bound, using 1."));
9879 if (*subtype_info
== 'U')
9881 if (!ada_scan_number (bounds_str
, n
, &U
, &n
)
9882 && !scan_discrim_bound (bounds_str
, n
, dval
, &U
, &n
))
9888 strcpy (name_buf
+ prefix_len
, "___U");
9889 U
= get_int_var_value (name_buf
, &ok
);
9892 lim_warning (_("Unknown upper bound, using %ld."), (long) L
);
9897 type
= create_range_type (alloc_type_copy (orig_type
), base_type
, L
, U
);
9898 TYPE_NAME (type
) = name
;
9903 /* True iff NAME is the name of a range type. */
9906 ada_is_range_type_name (const char *name
)
9908 return (name
!= NULL
&& strstr (name
, "___XD"));
9914 /* True iff TYPE is an Ada modular type. */
9917 ada_is_modular_type (struct type
*type
)
9919 struct type
*subranged_type
= base_type (type
);
9921 return (subranged_type
!= NULL
&& TYPE_CODE (type
) == TYPE_CODE_RANGE
9922 && TYPE_CODE (subranged_type
) == TYPE_CODE_INT
9923 && TYPE_UNSIGNED (subranged_type
));
9926 /* Try to determine the lower and upper bounds of the given modular type
9927 using the type name only. Return non-zero and set L and U as the lower
9928 and upper bounds (respectively) if successful. */
9931 ada_modulus_from_name (struct type
*type
, ULONGEST
*modulus
)
9933 char *name
= ada_type_name (type
);
9941 /* Discrete type bounds are encoded using an __XD suffix. In our case,
9942 we are looking for static bounds, which means an __XDLU suffix.
9943 Moreover, we know that the lower bound of modular types is always
9944 zero, so the actual suffix should start with "__XDLU_0__", and
9945 then be followed by the upper bound value. */
9946 suffix
= strstr (name
, "__XDLU_0__");
9950 if (!ada_scan_number (suffix
, k
, &U
, NULL
))
9953 *modulus
= (ULONGEST
) U
+ 1;
9957 /* Assuming ada_is_modular_type (TYPE), the modulus of TYPE. */
9960 ada_modulus (struct type
*type
)
9962 return (ULONGEST
) TYPE_HIGH_BOUND (type
) + 1;
9966 /* Ada exception catchpoint support:
9967 ---------------------------------
9969 We support 3 kinds of exception catchpoints:
9970 . catchpoints on Ada exceptions
9971 . catchpoints on unhandled Ada exceptions
9972 . catchpoints on failed assertions
9974 Exceptions raised during failed assertions, or unhandled exceptions
9975 could perfectly be caught with the general catchpoint on Ada exceptions.
9976 However, we can easily differentiate these two special cases, and having
9977 the option to distinguish these two cases from the rest can be useful
9978 to zero-in on certain situations.
9980 Exception catchpoints are a specialized form of breakpoint,
9981 since they rely on inserting breakpoints inside known routines
9982 of the GNAT runtime. The implementation therefore uses a standard
9983 breakpoint structure of the BP_BREAKPOINT type, but with its own set
9986 Support in the runtime for exception catchpoints have been changed
9987 a few times already, and these changes affect the implementation
9988 of these catchpoints. In order to be able to support several
9989 variants of the runtime, we use a sniffer that will determine
9990 the runtime variant used by the program being debugged.
9992 At this time, we do not support the use of conditions on Ada exception
9993 catchpoints. The COND and COND_STRING fields are therefore set
9994 to NULL (most of the time, see below).
9996 Conditions where EXP_STRING, COND, and COND_STRING are used:
9998 When a user specifies the name of a specific exception in the case
9999 of catchpoints on Ada exceptions, we store the name of that exception
10000 in the EXP_STRING. We then translate this request into an actual
10001 condition stored in COND_STRING, and then parse it into an expression
10004 /* The different types of catchpoints that we introduced for catching
10007 enum exception_catchpoint_kind
10009 ex_catch_exception
,
10010 ex_catch_exception_unhandled
,
10014 /* Ada's standard exceptions. */
10016 static char *standard_exc
[] = {
10017 "constraint_error",
10023 typedef CORE_ADDR (ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr_ftype
) (void);
10025 /* A structure that describes how to support exception catchpoints
10026 for a given executable. */
10028 struct exception_support_info
10030 /* The name of the symbol to break on in order to insert
10031 a catchpoint on exceptions. */
10032 const char *catch_exception_sym
;
10034 /* The name of the symbol to break on in order to insert
10035 a catchpoint on unhandled exceptions. */
10036 const char *catch_exception_unhandled_sym
;
10038 /* The name of the symbol to break on in order to insert
10039 a catchpoint on failed assertions. */
10040 const char *catch_assert_sym
;
10042 /* Assuming that the inferior just triggered an unhandled exception
10043 catchpoint, this function is responsible for returning the address
10044 in inferior memory where the name of that exception is stored.
10045 Return zero if the address could not be computed. */
10046 ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr_ftype
*unhandled_exception_name_addr
;
10049 static CORE_ADDR
ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr (void);
10050 static CORE_ADDR
ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr_from_raise (void);
10052 /* The following exception support info structure describes how to
10053 implement exception catchpoints with the latest version of the
10054 Ada runtime (as of 2007-03-06). */
10056 static const struct exception_support_info default_exception_support_info
=
10058 "__gnat_debug_raise_exception", /* catch_exception_sym */
10059 "__gnat_unhandled_exception", /* catch_exception_unhandled_sym */
10060 "__gnat_debug_raise_assert_failure", /* catch_assert_sym */
10061 ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr
10064 /* The following exception support info structure describes how to
10065 implement exception catchpoints with a slightly older version
10066 of the Ada runtime. */
10068 static const struct exception_support_info exception_support_info_fallback
=
10070 "__gnat_raise_nodefer_with_msg", /* catch_exception_sym */
10071 "__gnat_unhandled_exception", /* catch_exception_unhandled_sym */
10072 "system__assertions__raise_assert_failure", /* catch_assert_sym */
10073 ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr_from_raise
10076 /* For each executable, we sniff which exception info structure to use
10077 and cache it in the following global variable. */
10079 static const struct exception_support_info
*exception_info
= NULL
;
10081 /* Inspect the Ada runtime and determine which exception info structure
10082 should be used to provide support for exception catchpoints.
10084 This function will always set exception_info, or raise an error. */
10087 ada_exception_support_info_sniffer (void)
10089 struct symbol
*sym
;
10091 /* If the exception info is already known, then no need to recompute it. */
10092 if (exception_info
!= NULL
)
10095 /* Check the latest (default) exception support info. */
10096 sym
= standard_lookup (default_exception_support_info
.catch_exception_sym
,
10100 exception_info
= &default_exception_support_info
;
10104 /* Try our fallback exception suport info. */
10105 sym
= standard_lookup (exception_support_info_fallback
.catch_exception_sym
,
10109 exception_info
= &exception_support_info_fallback
;
10113 /* Sometimes, it is normal for us to not be able to find the routine
10114 we are looking for. This happens when the program is linked with
10115 the shared version of the GNAT runtime, and the program has not been
10116 started yet. Inform the user of these two possible causes if
10119 if (ada_update_initial_language (language_unknown
, NULL
) != language_ada
)
10120 error (_("Unable to insert catchpoint. Is this an Ada main program?"));
10122 /* If the symbol does not exist, then check that the program is
10123 already started, to make sure that shared libraries have been
10124 loaded. If it is not started, this may mean that the symbol is
10125 in a shared library. */
10127 if (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
) == 0)
10128 error (_("Unable to insert catchpoint. Try to start the program first."));
10130 /* At this point, we know that we are debugging an Ada program and
10131 that the inferior has been started, but we still are not able to
10132 find the run-time symbols. That can mean that we are in
10133 configurable run time mode, or that a-except as been optimized
10134 out by the linker... In any case, at this point it is not worth
10135 supporting this feature. */
10137 error (_("Cannot insert catchpoints in this configuration."));
10140 /* An observer of "executable_changed" events.
10141 Its role is to clear certain cached values that need to be recomputed
10142 each time a new executable is loaded by GDB. */
10145 ada_executable_changed_observer (void)
10147 /* If the executable changed, then it is possible that the Ada runtime
10148 is different. So we need to invalidate the exception support info
10150 exception_info
= NULL
;
10153 /* Return the name of the function at PC, NULL if could not find it.
10154 This function only checks the debugging information, not the symbol
10158 function_name_from_pc (CORE_ADDR pc
)
10162 if (!find_pc_partial_function (pc
, &func_name
, NULL
, NULL
))
10168 /* True iff FRAME is very likely to be that of a function that is
10169 part of the runtime system. This is all very heuristic, but is
10170 intended to be used as advice as to what frames are uninteresting
10174 is_known_support_routine (struct frame_info
*frame
)
10176 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
10180 /* If this code does not have any debugging information (no symtab),
10181 This cannot be any user code. */
10183 find_frame_sal (frame
, &sal
);
10184 if (sal
.symtab
== NULL
)
10187 /* If there is a symtab, but the associated source file cannot be
10188 located, then assume this is not user code: Selecting a frame
10189 for which we cannot display the code would not be very helpful
10190 for the user. This should also take care of case such as VxWorks
10191 where the kernel has some debugging info provided for a few units. */
10193 if (symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
) == NULL
)
10196 /* Check the unit filename againt the Ada runtime file naming.
10197 We also check the name of the objfile against the name of some
10198 known system libraries that sometimes come with debugging info
10201 for (i
= 0; known_runtime_file_name_patterns
[i
] != NULL
; i
+= 1)
10203 re_comp (known_runtime_file_name_patterns
[i
]);
10204 if (re_exec (sal
.symtab
->filename
))
10206 if (sal
.symtab
->objfile
!= NULL
10207 && re_exec (sal
.symtab
->objfile
->name
))
10211 /* Check whether the function is a GNAT-generated entity. */
10213 func_name
= function_name_from_pc (get_frame_address_in_block (frame
));
10214 if (func_name
== NULL
)
10217 for (i
= 0; known_auxiliary_function_name_patterns
[i
] != NULL
; i
+= 1)
10219 re_comp (known_auxiliary_function_name_patterns
[i
]);
10220 if (re_exec (func_name
))
10227 /* Find the first frame that contains debugging information and that is not
10228 part of the Ada run-time, starting from FI and moving upward. */
10231 ada_find_printable_frame (struct frame_info
*fi
)
10233 for (; fi
!= NULL
; fi
= get_prev_frame (fi
))
10235 if (!is_known_support_routine (fi
))
10244 /* Assuming that the inferior just triggered an unhandled exception
10245 catchpoint, return the address in inferior memory where the name
10246 of the exception is stored.
10248 Return zero if the address could not be computed. */
10251 ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr (void)
10253 return parse_and_eval_address ("e.full_name");
10256 /* Same as ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr, except that this function
10257 should be used when the inferior uses an older version of the runtime,
10258 where the exception name needs to be extracted from a specific frame
10259 several frames up in the callstack. */
10262 ada_unhandled_exception_name_addr_from_raise (void)
10265 struct frame_info
*fi
;
10267 /* To determine the name of this exception, we need to select
10268 the frame corresponding to RAISE_SYM_NAME. This frame is
10269 at least 3 levels up, so we simply skip the first 3 frames
10270 without checking the name of their associated function. */
10271 fi
= get_current_frame ();
10272 for (frame_level
= 0; frame_level
< 3; frame_level
+= 1)
10274 fi
= get_prev_frame (fi
);
10278 const char *func_name
=
10279 function_name_from_pc (get_frame_address_in_block (fi
));
10280 if (func_name
!= NULL
10281 && strcmp (func_name
, exception_info
->catch_exception_sym
) == 0)
10282 break; /* We found the frame we were looking for... */
10283 fi
= get_prev_frame (fi
);
10290 return parse_and_eval_address ("id.full_name");
10293 /* Assuming the inferior just triggered an Ada exception catchpoint
10294 (of any type), return the address in inferior memory where the name
10295 of the exception is stored, if applicable.
10297 Return zero if the address could not be computed, or if not relevant. */
10300 ada_exception_name_addr_1 (enum exception_catchpoint_kind ex
,
10301 struct breakpoint
*b
)
10305 case ex_catch_exception
:
10306 return (parse_and_eval_address ("e.full_name"));
10309 case ex_catch_exception_unhandled
:
10310 return exception_info
->unhandled_exception_name_addr ();
10313 case ex_catch_assert
:
10314 return 0; /* Exception name is not relevant in this case. */
10318 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unexpected catchpoint type"));
10322 return 0; /* Should never be reached. */
10325 /* Same as ada_exception_name_addr_1, except that it intercepts and contains
10326 any error that ada_exception_name_addr_1 might cause to be thrown.
10327 When an error is intercepted, a warning with the error message is printed,
10328 and zero is returned. */
10331 ada_exception_name_addr (enum exception_catchpoint_kind ex
,
10332 struct breakpoint
*b
)
10334 struct gdb_exception e
;
10335 CORE_ADDR result
= 0;
10337 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
10339 result
= ada_exception_name_addr_1 (ex
, b
);
10344 warning (_("failed to get exception name: %s"), e
.message
);
10351 /* Implement the PRINT_IT method in the breakpoint_ops structure
10352 for all exception catchpoint kinds. */
10354 static enum print_stop_action
10355 print_it_exception (enum exception_catchpoint_kind ex
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
10357 const CORE_ADDR addr
= ada_exception_name_addr (ex
, b
);
10358 char exception_name
[256];
10362 read_memory (addr
, exception_name
, sizeof (exception_name
) - 1);
10363 exception_name
[sizeof (exception_name
) - 1] = '\0';
10366 ada_find_printable_frame (get_current_frame ());
10368 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
10371 case ex_catch_exception
:
10373 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d, %s at "),
10374 b
->number
, exception_name
);
10376 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d, exception at "), b
->number
);
10378 case ex_catch_exception_unhandled
:
10380 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d, unhandled %s at "),
10381 b
->number
, exception_name
);
10383 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d, unhandled exception at "),
10386 case ex_catch_assert
:
10387 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d, failed assertion at "),
10392 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10395 /* Implement the PRINT_ONE method in the breakpoint_ops structure
10396 for all exception catchpoint kinds. */
10399 print_one_exception (enum exception_catchpoint_kind ex
,
10400 struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10402 struct value_print_options opts
;
10404 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10405 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10407 annotate_field (4);
10408 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
);
10411 annotate_field (5);
10412 *last_loc
= b
->loc
;
10415 case ex_catch_exception
:
10416 if (b
->exp_string
!= NULL
)
10418 char *msg
= xstrprintf (_("`%s' Ada exception"), b
->exp_string
);
10420 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", msg
);
10424 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "all Ada exceptions");
10428 case ex_catch_exception_unhandled
:
10429 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "unhandled Ada exceptions");
10432 case ex_catch_assert
:
10433 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "failed Ada assertions");
10437 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unexpected catchpoint type"));
10442 /* Implement the PRINT_MENTION method in the breakpoint_ops structure
10443 for all exception catchpoint kinds. */
10446 print_mention_exception (enum exception_catchpoint_kind ex
,
10447 struct breakpoint
*b
)
10451 case ex_catch_exception
:
10452 if (b
->exp_string
!= NULL
)
10453 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d: `%s' Ada exception"),
10454 b
->number
, b
->exp_string
);
10456 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d: all Ada exceptions"), b
->number
);
10460 case ex_catch_exception_unhandled
:
10461 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d: unhandled Ada exceptions"),
10465 case ex_catch_assert
:
10466 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d: failed Ada assertions"), b
->number
);
10470 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unexpected catchpoint type"));
10475 /* Virtual table for "catch exception" breakpoints. */
10477 static enum print_stop_action
10478 print_it_catch_exception (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10480 return print_it_exception (ex_catch_exception
, b
);
10484 print_one_catch_exception (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10486 print_one_exception (ex_catch_exception
, b
, last_loc
);
10490 print_mention_catch_exception (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10492 print_mention_exception (ex_catch_exception
, b
);
10495 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exception_breakpoint_ops
=
10499 NULL
, /* breakpoint_hit */
10500 print_it_catch_exception
,
10501 print_one_catch_exception
,
10502 print_mention_catch_exception
10505 /* Virtual table for "catch exception unhandled" breakpoints. */
10507 static enum print_stop_action
10508 print_it_catch_exception_unhandled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10510 return print_it_exception (ex_catch_exception_unhandled
, b
);
10514 print_one_catch_exception_unhandled (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10515 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10517 print_one_exception (ex_catch_exception_unhandled
, b
, last_loc
);
10521 print_mention_catch_exception_unhandled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10523 print_mention_exception (ex_catch_exception_unhandled
, b
);
10526 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exception_unhandled_breakpoint_ops
= {
10529 NULL
, /* breakpoint_hit */
10530 print_it_catch_exception_unhandled
,
10531 print_one_catch_exception_unhandled
,
10532 print_mention_catch_exception_unhandled
10535 /* Virtual table for "catch assert" breakpoints. */
10537 static enum print_stop_action
10538 print_it_catch_assert (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10540 return print_it_exception (ex_catch_assert
, b
);
10544 print_one_catch_assert (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10546 print_one_exception (ex_catch_assert
, b
, last_loc
);
10550 print_mention_catch_assert (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10552 print_mention_exception (ex_catch_assert
, b
);
10555 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_assert_breakpoint_ops
= {
10558 NULL
, /* breakpoint_hit */
10559 print_it_catch_assert
,
10560 print_one_catch_assert
,
10561 print_mention_catch_assert
10564 /* Return non-zero if B is an Ada exception catchpoint. */
10567 ada_exception_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10569 return (b
->ops
== &catch_exception_breakpoint_ops
10570 || b
->ops
== &catch_exception_unhandled_breakpoint_ops
10571 || b
->ops
== &catch_assert_breakpoint_ops
);
10574 /* Return a newly allocated copy of the first space-separated token
10575 in ARGSP, and then adjust ARGSP to point immediately after that
10578 Return NULL if ARGPS does not contain any more tokens. */
10581 ada_get_next_arg (char **argsp
)
10583 char *args
= *argsp
;
10587 /* Skip any leading white space. */
10589 while (isspace (*args
))
10592 if (args
[0] == '\0')
10593 return NULL
; /* No more arguments. */
10595 /* Find the end of the current argument. */
10598 while (*end
!= '\0' && !isspace (*end
))
10601 /* Adjust ARGSP to point to the start of the next argument. */
10605 /* Make a copy of the current argument and return it. */
10607 result
= xmalloc (end
- args
+ 1);
10608 strncpy (result
, args
, end
- args
);
10609 result
[end
- args
] = '\0';
10614 /* Split the arguments specified in a "catch exception" command.
10615 Set EX to the appropriate catchpoint type.
10616 Set EXP_STRING to the name of the specific exception if
10617 specified by the user. */
10620 catch_ada_exception_command_split (char *args
,
10621 enum exception_catchpoint_kind
*ex
,
10624 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
10625 char *exception_name
;
10627 exception_name
= ada_get_next_arg (&args
);
10628 make_cleanup (xfree
, exception_name
);
10630 /* Check that we do not have any more arguments. Anything else
10633 while (isspace (*args
))
10636 if (args
[0] != '\0')
10637 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
10639 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
10641 if (exception_name
== NULL
)
10643 /* Catch all exceptions. */
10644 *ex
= ex_catch_exception
;
10645 *exp_string
= NULL
;
10647 else if (strcmp (exception_name
, "unhandled") == 0)
10649 /* Catch unhandled exceptions. */
10650 *ex
= ex_catch_exception_unhandled
;
10651 *exp_string
= NULL
;
10655 /* Catch a specific exception. */
10656 *ex
= ex_catch_exception
;
10657 *exp_string
= exception_name
;
10661 /* Return the name of the symbol on which we should break in order to
10662 implement a catchpoint of the EX kind. */
10664 static const char *
10665 ada_exception_sym_name (enum exception_catchpoint_kind ex
)
10667 gdb_assert (exception_info
!= NULL
);
10671 case ex_catch_exception
:
10672 return (exception_info
->catch_exception_sym
);
10674 case ex_catch_exception_unhandled
:
10675 return (exception_info
->catch_exception_unhandled_sym
);
10677 case ex_catch_assert
:
10678 return (exception_info
->catch_assert_sym
);
10681 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10682 _("unexpected catchpoint kind (%d)"), ex
);
10686 /* Return the breakpoint ops "virtual table" used for catchpoints
10689 static struct breakpoint_ops
*
10690 ada_exception_breakpoint_ops (enum exception_catchpoint_kind ex
)
10694 case ex_catch_exception
:
10695 return (&catch_exception_breakpoint_ops
);
10697 case ex_catch_exception_unhandled
:
10698 return (&catch_exception_unhandled_breakpoint_ops
);
10700 case ex_catch_assert
:
10701 return (&catch_assert_breakpoint_ops
);
10704 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10705 _("unexpected catchpoint kind (%d)"), ex
);
10709 /* Return the condition that will be used to match the current exception
10710 being raised with the exception that the user wants to catch. This
10711 assumes that this condition is used when the inferior just triggered
10712 an exception catchpoint.
10714 The string returned is a newly allocated string that needs to be
10715 deallocated later. */
10718 ada_exception_catchpoint_cond_string (const char *exp_string
)
10722 /* The standard exceptions are a special case. They are defined in
10723 runtime units that have been compiled without debugging info; if
10724 EXP_STRING is the not-fully-qualified name of a standard
10725 exception (e.g. "constraint_error") then, during the evaluation
10726 of the condition expression, the symbol lookup on this name would
10727 *not* return this standard exception. The catchpoint condition
10728 may then be set only on user-defined exceptions which have the
10729 same not-fully-qualified name (e.g. my_package.constraint_error).
10731 To avoid this unexcepted behavior, these standard exceptions are
10732 systematically prefixed by "standard". This means that "catch
10733 exception constraint_error" is rewritten into "catch exception
10734 standard.constraint_error".
10736 If an exception named contraint_error is defined in another package of
10737 the inferior program, then the only way to specify this exception as a
10738 breakpoint condition is to use its fully-qualified named:
10739 e.g. my_package.constraint_error. */
10741 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (standard_exc
) / sizeof (char *); i
++)
10743 if (strcmp (standard_exc
[i
], exp_string
) == 0)
10745 return xstrprintf ("long_integer (e) = long_integer (&standard.%s)",
10749 return xstrprintf ("long_integer (e) = long_integer (&%s)", exp_string
);
10752 /* Return the expression corresponding to COND_STRING evaluated at SAL. */
10754 static struct expression
*
10755 ada_parse_catchpoint_condition (char *cond_string
,
10756 struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10758 return (parse_exp_1 (&cond_string
, block_for_pc (sal
.pc
), 0));
10761 /* Return the symtab_and_line that should be used to insert an exception
10762 catchpoint of the TYPE kind.
10764 EX_STRING should contain the name of a specific exception
10765 that the catchpoint should catch, or NULL otherwise.
10767 The idea behind all the remaining parameters is that their names match
10768 the name of certain fields in the breakpoint structure that are used to
10769 handle exception catchpoints. This function returns the value to which
10770 these fields should be set, depending on the type of catchpoint we need
10773 If COND and COND_STRING are both non-NULL, any value they might
10774 hold will be free'ed, and then replaced by newly allocated ones.
10775 These parameters are left untouched otherwise. */
10777 static struct symtab_and_line
10778 ada_exception_sal (enum exception_catchpoint_kind ex
, char *exp_string
,
10779 char **addr_string
, char **cond_string
,
10780 struct expression
**cond
, struct breakpoint_ops
**ops
)
10782 const char *sym_name
;
10783 struct symbol
*sym
;
10784 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
10786 /* First, find out which exception support info to use. */
10787 ada_exception_support_info_sniffer ();
10789 /* Then lookup the function on which we will break in order to catch
10790 the Ada exceptions requested by the user. */
10792 sym_name
= ada_exception_sym_name (ex
);
10793 sym
= standard_lookup (sym_name
, NULL
, VAR_DOMAIN
);
10795 /* The symbol we're looking up is provided by a unit in the GNAT runtime
10796 that should be compiled with debugging information. As a result, we
10797 expect to find that symbol in the symtabs. If we don't find it, then
10798 the target most likely does not support Ada exceptions, or we cannot
10799 insert exception breakpoints yet, because the GNAT runtime hasn't been
10802 /* brobecker/2006-12-26: It is conceivable that the runtime was compiled
10803 in such a way that no debugging information is produced for the symbol
10804 we are looking for. In this case, we could search the minimal symbols
10805 as a fall-back mechanism. This would still be operating in degraded
10806 mode, however, as we would still be missing the debugging information
10807 that is needed in order to extract the name of the exception being
10808 raised (this name is printed in the catchpoint message, and is also
10809 used when trying to catch a specific exception). We do not handle
10810 this case for now. */
10813 error (_("Unable to break on '%s' in this configuration."), sym_name
);
10815 /* Make sure that the symbol we found corresponds to a function. */
10816 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (sym
) != LOC_BLOCK
)
10817 error (_("Symbol \"%s\" is not a function (class = %d)"),
10818 sym_name
, SYMBOL_CLASS (sym
));
10820 sal
= find_function_start_sal (sym
, 1);
10822 /* Set ADDR_STRING. */
10824 *addr_string
= xstrdup (sym_name
);
10826 /* Set the COND and COND_STRING (if not NULL). */
10828 if (cond_string
!= NULL
&& cond
!= NULL
)
10830 if (*cond_string
!= NULL
)
10832 xfree (*cond_string
);
10833 *cond_string
= NULL
;
10840 if (exp_string
!= NULL
)
10842 *cond_string
= ada_exception_catchpoint_cond_string (exp_string
);
10843 *cond
= ada_parse_catchpoint_condition (*cond_string
, sal
);
10848 *ops
= ada_exception_breakpoint_ops (ex
);
10853 /* Parse the arguments (ARGS) of the "catch exception" command.
10855 Set TYPE to the appropriate exception catchpoint type.
10856 If the user asked the catchpoint to catch only a specific
10857 exception, then save the exception name in ADDR_STRING.
10859 See ada_exception_sal for a description of all the remaining
10860 function arguments of this function. */
10862 struct symtab_and_line
10863 ada_decode_exception_location (char *args
, char **addr_string
,
10864 char **exp_string
, char **cond_string
,
10865 struct expression
**cond
,
10866 struct breakpoint_ops
**ops
)
10868 enum exception_catchpoint_kind ex
;
10870 catch_ada_exception_command_split (args
, &ex
, exp_string
);
10871 return ada_exception_sal (ex
, *exp_string
, addr_string
, cond_string
,
10875 struct symtab_and_line
10876 ada_decode_assert_location (char *args
, char **addr_string
,
10877 struct breakpoint_ops
**ops
)
10879 /* Check that no argument where provided at the end of the command. */
10883 while (isspace (*args
))
10886 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
10889 return ada_exception_sal (ex_catch_assert
, NULL
, addr_string
, NULL
, NULL
,
10894 /* Information about operators given special treatment in functions
10896 /* Format: OP_DEFN (<operator>, <operator length>, <# args>, <binop>). */
10898 #define ADA_OPERATORS \
10899 OP_DEFN (OP_VAR_VALUE, 4, 0, 0) \
10900 OP_DEFN (BINOP_IN_BOUNDS, 3, 2, 0) \
10901 OP_DEFN (TERNOP_IN_RANGE, 1, 3, 0) \
10902 OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_FIRST, 1, 2, 0) \
10903 OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_LAST, 1, 2, 0) \
10904 OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_LENGTH, 1, 2, 0) \
10905 OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_IMAGE, 1, 2, 0) \
10906 OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_MAX, 1, 3, 0) \
10907 OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_MIN, 1, 3, 0) \
10908 OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_MODULUS, 1, 1, 0) \
10909 OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_POS, 1, 2, 0) \
10910 OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_SIZE, 1, 1, 0) \
10911 OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_TAG, 1, 1, 0) \
10912 OP_DEFN (OP_ATR_VAL, 1, 2, 0) \
10913 OP_DEFN (UNOP_QUAL, 3, 1, 0) \
10914 OP_DEFN (UNOP_IN_RANGE, 3, 1, 0) \
10915 OP_DEFN (OP_OTHERS, 1, 1, 0) \
10916 OP_DEFN (OP_POSITIONAL, 3, 1, 0) \
10917 OP_DEFN (OP_DISCRETE_RANGE, 1, 2, 0)
10920 ada_operator_length (struct expression
*exp
, int pc
, int *oplenp
, int *argsp
)
10922 switch (exp
->elts
[pc
- 1].opcode
)
10925 operator_length_standard (exp
, pc
, oplenp
, argsp
);
10928 #define OP_DEFN(op, len, args, binop) \
10929 case op: *oplenp = len; *argsp = args; break;
10935 *argsp
= longest_to_int (exp
->elts
[pc
- 2].longconst
);
10940 *argsp
= longest_to_int (exp
->elts
[pc
- 2].longconst
) + 1;
10946 ada_op_name (enum exp_opcode opcode
)
10951 return op_name_standard (opcode
);
10953 #define OP_DEFN(op, len, args, binop) case op: return #op;
10958 return "OP_AGGREGATE";
10960 return "OP_CHOICES";
10966 /* As for operator_length, but assumes PC is pointing at the first
10967 element of the operator, and gives meaningful results only for the
10968 Ada-specific operators, returning 0 for *OPLENP and *ARGSP otherwise. */
10971 ada_forward_operator_length (struct expression
*exp
, int pc
,
10972 int *oplenp
, int *argsp
)
10974 switch (exp
->elts
[pc
].opcode
)
10977 *oplenp
= *argsp
= 0;
10980 #define OP_DEFN(op, len, args, binop) \
10981 case op: *oplenp = len; *argsp = args; break;
10987 *argsp
= longest_to_int (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].longconst
);
10992 *argsp
= longest_to_int (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].longconst
) + 1;
10998 int len
= longest_to_int (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].longconst
);
10999 *oplenp
= 4 + BYTES_TO_EXP_ELEM (len
+ 1);
11007 ada_dump_subexp_body (struct expression
*exp
, struct ui_file
*stream
, int elt
)
11009 enum exp_opcode op
= exp
->elts
[elt
].opcode
;
11014 ada_forward_operator_length (exp
, elt
, &oplen
, &nargs
);
11018 /* Ada attributes ('Foo). */
11021 case OP_ATR_LENGTH
:
11025 case OP_ATR_MODULUS
:
11032 case UNOP_IN_RANGE
:
11034 /* XXX: gdb_sprint_host_address, type_sprint */
11035 fprintf_filtered (stream
, _("Type @"));
11036 gdb_print_host_address (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].type
, stream
);
11037 fprintf_filtered (stream
, " (");
11038 type_print (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].type
, NULL
, stream
, 0);
11039 fprintf_filtered (stream
, ")");
11041 case BINOP_IN_BOUNDS
:
11042 fprintf_filtered (stream
, " (%d)",
11043 longest_to_int (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].longconst
));
11045 case TERNOP_IN_RANGE
:
11050 case OP_DISCRETE_RANGE
:
11051 case OP_POSITIONAL
:
11058 char *name
= &exp
->elts
[elt
+ 2].string
;
11059 int len
= longest_to_int (exp
->elts
[elt
+ 1].longconst
);
11060 fprintf_filtered (stream
, "Text: `%.*s'", len
, name
);
11065 return dump_subexp_body_standard (exp
, stream
, elt
);
11069 for (i
= 0; i
< nargs
; i
+= 1)
11070 elt
= dump_subexp (exp
, stream
, elt
);
11075 /* The Ada extension of print_subexp (q.v.). */
11078 ada_print_subexp (struct expression
*exp
, int *pos
,
11079 struct ui_file
*stream
, enum precedence prec
)
11081 int oplen
, nargs
, i
;
11083 enum exp_opcode op
= exp
->elts
[pc
].opcode
;
11085 ada_forward_operator_length (exp
, pc
, &oplen
, &nargs
);
11092 print_subexp_standard (exp
, pos
, stream
, prec
);
11096 fputs_filtered (SYMBOL_NATURAL_NAME (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 2].symbol
), stream
);
11099 case BINOP_IN_BOUNDS
:
11100 /* XXX: sprint_subexp */
11101 print_subexp (exp
, pos
, stream
, PREC_SUFFIX
);
11102 fputs_filtered (" in ", stream
);
11103 print_subexp (exp
, pos
, stream
, PREC_SUFFIX
);
11104 fputs_filtered ("'range", stream
);
11105 if (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].longconst
> 1)
11106 fprintf_filtered (stream
, "(%ld)",
11107 (long) exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].longconst
);
11110 case TERNOP_IN_RANGE
:
11111 if (prec
>= PREC_EQUAL
)
11112 fputs_filtered ("(", stream
);
11113 /* XXX: sprint_subexp */
11114 print_subexp (exp
, pos
, stream
, PREC_SUFFIX
);
11115 fputs_filtered (" in ", stream
);
11116 print_subexp (exp
, pos
, stream
, PREC_EQUAL
);
11117 fputs_filtered (" .. ", stream
);
11118 print_subexp (exp
, pos
, stream
, PREC_EQUAL
);
11119 if (prec
>= PREC_EQUAL
)
11120 fputs_filtered (")", stream
);
11125 case OP_ATR_LENGTH
:
11129 case OP_ATR_MODULUS
:
11134 if (exp
->elts
[*pos
].opcode
== OP_TYPE
)
11136 if (TYPE_CODE (exp
->elts
[*pos
+ 1].type
) != TYPE_CODE_VOID
)
11137 LA_PRINT_TYPE (exp
->elts
[*pos
+ 1].type
, "", stream
, 0, 0);
11141 print_subexp (exp
, pos
, stream
, PREC_SUFFIX
);
11142 fprintf_filtered (stream
, "'%s", ada_attribute_name (op
));
11146 for (tem
= 1; tem
< nargs
; tem
+= 1)
11148 fputs_filtered ((tem
== 1) ? " (" : ", ", stream
);
11149 print_subexp (exp
, pos
, stream
, PREC_ABOVE_COMMA
);
11151 fputs_filtered (")", stream
);
11156 type_print (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].type
, "", stream
, 0);
11157 fputs_filtered ("'(", stream
);
11158 print_subexp (exp
, pos
, stream
, PREC_PREFIX
);
11159 fputs_filtered (")", stream
);
11162 case UNOP_IN_RANGE
:
11163 /* XXX: sprint_subexp */
11164 print_subexp (exp
, pos
, stream
, PREC_SUFFIX
);
11165 fputs_filtered (" in ", stream
);
11166 LA_PRINT_TYPE (exp
->elts
[pc
+ 1].type
, "", stream
, 1, 0);
11169 case OP_DISCRETE_RANGE
:
11170 print_subexp (exp
, pos
, stream
, PREC_SUFFIX
);
11171 fputs_filtered ("..", stream
);
11172 print_subexp (exp
, pos
, stream
, PREC_SUFFIX
);
11176 fputs_filtered ("others => ", stream
);
11177 print_subexp (exp
, pos
, stream
, PREC_SUFFIX
);
11181 for (i
= 0; i
< nargs
-1; i
+= 1)
11184 fputs_filtered ("|", stream
);
11185 print_subexp (exp
, pos
, stream
, PREC_SUFFIX
);
11187 fputs_filtered (" => ", stream
);
11188 print_subexp (exp
, pos
, stream
, PREC_SUFFIX
);
11191 case OP_POSITIONAL
:
11192 print_subexp (exp
, pos
, stream
, PREC_SUFFIX
);
11196 fputs_filtered ("(", stream
);
11197 for (i
= 0; i
< nargs
; i
+= 1)
11200 fputs_filtered (", ", stream
);
11201 print_subexp (exp
, pos
, stream
, PREC_SUFFIX
);
11203 fputs_filtered (")", stream
);
11208 /* Table mapping opcodes into strings for printing operators
11209 and precedences of the operators. */
11211 static const struct op_print ada_op_print_tab
[] = {
11212 {":=", BINOP_ASSIGN
, PREC_ASSIGN
, 1},
11213 {"or else", BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
, PREC_LOGICAL_OR
, 0},
11214 {"and then", BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
, PREC_LOGICAL_AND
, 0},
11215 {"or", BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
, PREC_BITWISE_IOR
, 0},
11216 {"xor", BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
, PREC_BITWISE_XOR
, 0},
11217 {"and", BINOP_BITWISE_AND
, PREC_BITWISE_AND
, 0},
11218 {"=", BINOP_EQUAL
, PREC_EQUAL
, 0},
11219 {"/=", BINOP_NOTEQUAL
, PREC_EQUAL
, 0},
11220 {"<=", BINOP_LEQ
, PREC_ORDER
, 0},
11221 {">=", BINOP_GEQ
, PREC_ORDER
, 0},
11222 {">", BINOP_GTR
, PREC_ORDER
, 0},
11223 {"<", BINOP_LESS
, PREC_ORDER
, 0},
11224 {">>", BINOP_RSH
, PREC_SHIFT
, 0},
11225 {"<<", BINOP_LSH
, PREC_SHIFT
, 0},
11226 {"+", BINOP_ADD
, PREC_ADD
, 0},
11227 {"-", BINOP_SUB
, PREC_ADD
, 0},
11228 {"&", BINOP_CONCAT
, PREC_ADD
, 0},
11229 {"*", BINOP_MUL
, PREC_MUL
, 0},
11230 {"/", BINOP_DIV
, PREC_MUL
, 0},
11231 {"rem", BINOP_REM
, PREC_MUL
, 0},
11232 {"mod", BINOP_MOD
, PREC_MUL
, 0},
11233 {"**", BINOP_EXP
, PREC_REPEAT
, 0},
11234 {"@", BINOP_REPEAT
, PREC_REPEAT
, 0},
11235 {"-", UNOP_NEG
, PREC_PREFIX
, 0},
11236 {"+", UNOP_PLUS
, PREC_PREFIX
, 0},
11237 {"not ", UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
, PREC_PREFIX
, 0},
11238 {"not ", UNOP_COMPLEMENT
, PREC_PREFIX
, 0},
11239 {"abs ", UNOP_ABS
, PREC_PREFIX
, 0},
11240 {".all", UNOP_IND
, PREC_SUFFIX
, 1},
11241 {"'access", UNOP_ADDR
, PREC_SUFFIX
, 1},
11242 {"'size", OP_ATR_SIZE
, PREC_SUFFIX
, 1},
11246 enum ada_primitive_types
{
11247 ada_primitive_type_int
,
11248 ada_primitive_type_long
,
11249 ada_primitive_type_short
,
11250 ada_primitive_type_char
,
11251 ada_primitive_type_float
,
11252 ada_primitive_type_double
,
11253 ada_primitive_type_void
,
11254 ada_primitive_type_long_long
,
11255 ada_primitive_type_long_double
,
11256 ada_primitive_type_natural
,
11257 ada_primitive_type_positive
,
11258 ada_primitive_type_system_address
,
11259 nr_ada_primitive_types
11263 ada_language_arch_info (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11264 struct language_arch_info
*lai
)
11266 const struct builtin_type
*builtin
= builtin_type (gdbarch
);
11267 lai
->primitive_type_vector
11268 = GDBARCH_OBSTACK_CALLOC (gdbarch
, nr_ada_primitive_types
+ 1,
11271 lai
->primitive_type_vector
[ada_primitive_type_int
]
11272 = arch_integer_type (gdbarch
, gdbarch_int_bit (gdbarch
),
11274 lai
->primitive_type_vector
[ada_primitive_type_long
]
11275 = arch_integer_type (gdbarch
, gdbarch_long_bit (gdbarch
),
11276 0, "long_integer");
11277 lai
->primitive_type_vector
[ada_primitive_type_short
]
11278 = arch_integer_type (gdbarch
, gdbarch_short_bit (gdbarch
),
11279 0, "short_integer");
11280 lai
->string_char_type
11281 = lai
->primitive_type_vector
[ada_primitive_type_char
]
11282 = arch_integer_type (gdbarch
, TARGET_CHAR_BIT
, 0, "character");
11283 lai
->primitive_type_vector
[ada_primitive_type_float
]
11284 = arch_float_type (gdbarch
, gdbarch_float_bit (gdbarch
),
11286 lai
->primitive_type_vector
[ada_primitive_type_double
]
11287 = arch_float_type (gdbarch
, gdbarch_double_bit (gdbarch
),
11288 "long_float", NULL
);
11289 lai
->primitive_type_vector
[ada_primitive_type_long_long
]
11290 = arch_integer_type (gdbarch
, gdbarch_long_long_bit (gdbarch
),
11291 0, "long_long_integer");
11292 lai
->primitive_type_vector
[ada_primitive_type_long_double
]
11293 = arch_float_type (gdbarch
, gdbarch_double_bit (gdbarch
),
11294 "long_long_float", NULL
);
11295 lai
->primitive_type_vector
[ada_primitive_type_natural
]
11296 = arch_integer_type (gdbarch
, gdbarch_int_bit (gdbarch
),
11298 lai
->primitive_type_vector
[ada_primitive_type_positive
]
11299 = arch_integer_type (gdbarch
, gdbarch_int_bit (gdbarch
),
11301 lai
->primitive_type_vector
[ada_primitive_type_void
]
11302 = builtin
->builtin_void
;
11304 lai
->primitive_type_vector
[ada_primitive_type_system_address
]
11305 = lookup_pointer_type (arch_type (gdbarch
, TYPE_CODE_VOID
, 1, "void"));
11306 TYPE_NAME (lai
->primitive_type_vector
[ada_primitive_type_system_address
])
11307 = "system__address";
11309 lai
->bool_type_symbol
= NULL
;
11310 lai
->bool_type_default
= builtin
->builtin_bool
;
11313 /* Language vector */
11315 /* Not really used, but needed in the ada_language_defn. */
11318 emit_char (int c
, struct type
*type
, struct ui_file
*stream
, int quoter
)
11320 ada_emit_char (c
, type
, stream
, quoter
, 1);
11326 warnings_issued
= 0;
11327 return ada_parse ();
11330 static const struct exp_descriptor ada_exp_descriptor
= {
11332 ada_operator_length
,
11334 ada_dump_subexp_body
,
11335 ada_evaluate_subexp
11338 const struct language_defn ada_language_defn
= {
11339 "ada", /* Language name */
11343 case_sensitive_on
, /* Yes, Ada is case-insensitive, but
11344 that's not quite what this means. */
11346 macro_expansion_no
,
11347 &ada_exp_descriptor
,
11351 ada_printchar
, /* Print a character constant */
11352 ada_printstr
, /* Function to print string constant */
11353 emit_char
, /* Function to print single char (not used) */
11354 ada_print_type
, /* Print a type using appropriate syntax */
11355 default_print_typedef
, /* Print a typedef using appropriate syntax */
11356 ada_val_print
, /* Print a value using appropriate syntax */
11357 ada_value_print
, /* Print a top-level value */
11358 NULL
, /* Language specific skip_trampoline */
11359 NULL
, /* name_of_this */
11360 ada_lookup_symbol_nonlocal
, /* Looking up non-local symbols. */
11361 basic_lookup_transparent_type
, /* lookup_transparent_type */
11362 ada_la_decode
, /* Language specific symbol demangler */
11363 NULL
, /* Language specific class_name_from_physname */
11364 ada_op_print_tab
, /* expression operators for printing */
11365 0, /* c-style arrays */
11366 1, /* String lower bound */
11367 ada_get_gdb_completer_word_break_characters
,
11368 ada_make_symbol_completion_list
,
11369 ada_language_arch_info
,
11370 ada_print_array_index
,
11371 default_pass_by_reference
,
11376 /* Provide a prototype to silence -Wmissing-prototypes. */
11377 extern initialize_file_ftype _initialize_ada_language
;
11379 /* Command-list for the "set/show ada" prefix command. */
11380 static struct cmd_list_element
*set_ada_list
;
11381 static struct cmd_list_element
*show_ada_list
;
11383 /* Implement the "set ada" prefix command. */
11386 set_ada_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11388 printf_unfiltered (_(\
11389 "\"set ada\" must be followed by the name of a setting.\n"));
11390 help_list (set_ada_list
, "set ada ", -1, gdb_stdout
);
11393 /* Implement the "show ada" prefix command. */
11396 show_ada_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
11398 cmd_show_list (show_ada_list
, from_tty
, "");
11402 _initialize_ada_language (void)
11404 add_language (&ada_language_defn
);
11406 add_prefix_cmd ("ada", no_class
, set_ada_command
,
11407 _("Prefix command for changing Ada-specfic settings"),
11408 &set_ada_list
, "set ada ", 0, &setlist
);
11410 add_prefix_cmd ("ada", no_class
, show_ada_command
,
11411 _("Generic command for showing Ada-specific settings."),
11412 &show_ada_list
, "show ada ", 0, &showlist
);
11414 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("trust-PAD-over-XVS", class_obscure
,
11415 &trust_pad_over_xvs
, _("\
11416 Enable or disable an optimization trusting PAD types over XVS types"), _("\
11417 Show whether an optimization trusting PAD types over XVS types is activated"),
11419 This is related to the encoding used by the GNAT compiler. The debugger\n\
11420 should normally trust the contents of PAD types, but certain older versions\n\
11421 of GNAT have a bug that sometimes causes the information in the PAD type\n\
11422 to be incorrect. Turning this setting \"off\" allows the debugger to\n\
11423 work around this bug. It is always safe to turn this option \"off\", but\n\
11424 this incurs a slight performance penalty, so it is recommended to NOT change\n\
11425 this option to \"off\" unless necessary."),
11426 NULL
, NULL
, &set_ada_list
, &show_ada_list
);
11428 varsize_limit
= 65536;
11430 obstack_init (&symbol_list_obstack
);
11432 decoded_names_store
= htab_create_alloc
11433 (256, htab_hash_string
, (int (*)(const void *, const void *)) streq
,
11434 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
11436 observer_attach_executable_changed (ada_executable_changed_observer
);